-#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 474
+#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 599
\begin_document
\begin_header
+\save_transient_properties true
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
-\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
-
- % set fonts for nicer pdf view
- \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
-
-\fi % end if pdflatex is used
-
% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
enumitem
+logicalmkup
\end_modules
-\maintain_unincluded_children false
+\maintain_unincluded_children no
\language english
\language_package default
-\inputencoding auto
-\fontencoding global
-\font_roman default
-\font_sans default
-\font_typewriter default
-\font_math auto
+\inputencoding utf8
+\fontencoding auto
+\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
+\font_sans "default" "default"
+\font_typewriter "default" "default"
+\font_math "auto" "auto"
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
-\font_osf false
-\font_sf_scale 100
-\font_tt_scale 100
+\font_roman_osf false
+\font_sans_osf false
+\font_typewriter_osf false
+\font_sf_scale 100 100
+\font_tt_scale 100 100
+\use_microtype false
+\use_dash_ligatures false
\graphics default
\default_output_format default
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command bibtex
-\index_command default
+\index_command makeindex
+\float_placement class
+\float_alignment class
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\use_geometry false
\use_package amsmath 1
\use_package amssymb 1
-\use_package cancel 0
+\use_package cancel 1
\use_package esint 1
\use_package mathdots 1
-\use_package mathtools 0
+\use_package mathtools 1
\use_package mhchem 1
-\use_package stackrel 0
-\use_package stmaryrd 0
-\use_package undertilde 0
+\use_package stackrel 1
+\use_package stmaryrd 1
+\use_package undertilde 1
\cite_engine basic
\cite_engine_type default
\biblio_style plain
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\justification true
-\use_refstyle 0
+\use_refstyle 1
+\use_minted 0
+\use_lineno 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\end_index
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 2
-\paragraph_separation indent
-\paragraph_indentation default
-\quotes_language english
+\paragraph_separation skip
+\defskip halfline
+\is_math_indent 0
+\math_numbering_side default
+\quotes_style english
+\dynamic_quotes 0
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
+\tablestyle default
+\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
+\change_bars false
+\postpone_fragile_content false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author -1966299584 "ef"
+\docbook_table_output 0
+\author -1402925745 "Günter Milde"
+\author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
+\author -584632292 "Richard Kimberly Heck"
+\author -563046850 "Jean-Marc LASGOUTTES"
+\author -131811572 "Yuriy Skalko"
+\author 5863208 "ab"
+\author 5863344 "Enrico Forestieri"
+\author 1675569489 "Stephan Witt"
\end_header
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
-The LyX User's Guide
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+ User's Guide
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
-by the LyX Team
+by the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Team
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
- send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list:
+ send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Documentation mailing list:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Version 2.1.x
+Version 2.
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600339801
+3
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600339801
+4
+\change_unchanged
+.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\series bold
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
+https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Manuals#UserGuide
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-What is LyX?
+What is \SpecialChar LyX
+?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX is a document preparation system.
- It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \-
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ is a document preparation system.
+ It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar softhyphen
scripts, publishable books, business
- letters and proposals, and even poetry.
+ letters and proposals,
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598113909
+ and
+\change_unchanged
+ even poetry.
It is unlike most other
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
not with mechanics.
\end_layout
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
-manual.
+ manual.
If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
Yes, we mean now.
\end_layout
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
- manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important
-ly, the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
- You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
- of this one.
- The
-\emph on
-Introduction
-\emph default
- manual describes that, too.
+ manual describes several things in addition to \SpecialChar LyX
+'s philosophy: most importantly,
+ the format of all of the manuals.
+ If you don't read it, you will have a difficult time navigating the manuals.
+ Additionally it provides a high level content description of the other
+ manuals giving the user an idea of where to look for specific information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-How LyX Looks
+How \SpecialChar LyX
+ Looks
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
- its window.
+Like most applications, \SpecialChar LyX
+ has the familiar menu bar across the top of its
+ window.
Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
- There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
- documents.
+ There is of course a work area for editing documents complete with a vertical
+ scrollbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
- This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
+ This is not a bug or an oversight, it is intentional.
When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
next line.
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
only a vertical scrollbar.
- There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
The first case is large images.
- To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
- image and use the option
+ To avoid images being displayed larger than your screen, left click on
+ the image and use the option
\family sans
Scale on Screen
\family default
in the tab
\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LyX
+ options
\family default
.
The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
- the LyX window.
- You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
- this doesn't work for equations yet.
+ the \SpecialChar LyX
+ window.
+ You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through both.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
- at Appendix
+For a brief description of all \SpecialChar LyX
+ menus and toolbar buttons, have a look at
+ Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
- You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
+The help system consists of the \SpecialChar LyX
+ manuals.
+ You can read all of the manuals from inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
Just select the manual you want to read from the
\family sans
Help
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Basic LyX Setup
+Basic \SpecialChar LyX
+ Setup
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
+Almost all features of \SpecialChar LyX
+ can be configured via the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
.
\end_inset
- LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
- classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ is able to inspect your system to see what programs, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ document classes,
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages are available.
It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
settings.
- Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
- on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
+ Although this configuration was performed when \SpecialChar LyX
+ was installed on your system,
+ you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
- To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
+new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ classes, which are not seen by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ To force \SpecialChar LyX
+ to re-inspect your system use
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
+ Then restart \SpecialChar LyX
+ to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-LaTeX Setup
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Setup
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
- not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
- installed.
- However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
- PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
- text or as XHTML.
+You can edit documents in \SpecialChar LyX
+ without having \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ installed but you will not be
+ able to create PDFs
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122369
+ or print your documents
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122520
+Some \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents use DocBook instead of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+backend
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ which can produce PDFs and the like.
+
+\change_unchanged
+Even without \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122546
+or Docbook
+\change_unchanged
+every \SpecialChar LyX
+ document can still be output as plain text
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598122500
+, as Docbook
+\change_unchanged
+ or as XHTML.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
- or packages.
+Some document classes may depend upon specific \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598122571
+or DocBook
+\change_unchanged
+classes or packages.
Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
- you can view from the menu
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages that \SpecialChar LyX
+ finds on your system are listed in a file you can view
+ from the menu
\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Configuration
\family default
.
- If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
- reconfigure LyX (menu
+ If you are missing needed packages then you must install them and then
+ reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+ (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
).
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
- More about TeX Code is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- See section 5.1 of the
+ See section
+\emph on
+Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files
+\emph default
+ in the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
- manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
+ manual for more information on installing additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
-How to work with LyX
+How to work with \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\family sans
File
\family default
- menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
- in addition to some more advanced operations:
+ menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations common to any word
+ processor as well as some more advanced operations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
Recent
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352530
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352546
+
+\family sans
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Example
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353355
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353357
+
+\family sans
+Close All
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352570
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352997
+
\family sans
-Revert
+Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to
+As
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-saved
+Template
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Print,
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+Revert
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+saved
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
- a few minor differences.
+They all do pretty much the same thing as other word processors, with a
+ few minor differences.
The
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Template
\family default
command lists the available templates.
- Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
- the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+ Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353491
+and possibly propose text fragments
+\change_unchanged
+for the document, features
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353500
+and text
+\change_unchanged
+you would otherwise need to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553353510
+change
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353510
+set
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353505
+or enter
+\change_unchanged
+manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353657
+ You can also add your own templates to this list by means of storing a
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ file with the
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Save As Template
+\family default
+ function.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
- space is just that — a big, blank space.
+ Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX
+ to open a file or create a new one, that big
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174669
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ blank space
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174681
+on the screen
+\change_unchanged
+is just that — a big
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174691
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ blank space.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Control
\family default
- are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
+ are useful if
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174707
+more
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174708
+multiple
+\change_unchanged
+ people work on the same document at the same time.
\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
- in LyX also.
- Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@.
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174722
+ also
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598174782
+Read Additional Features\SpecialChar endofsentence
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Refer to section
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174763
+Additional Features
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ help manual\SpecialChar endofsentence
+
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\family default
will reload the document from disk.
You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
- and want to restore it to the last save.
+ and want to restore it to the last save
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598174796
+d version
+\change_unchanged
+.
With
\family sans
Version
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
+Like most modern word processors, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can perform cut and paste operations
on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
delete whole words as well as individual characters.
- The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
- access them.
+ The next four sections cover the basic \SpecialChar LyX
+ editing features and how to access
+ them.
We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\family sans
Edit
\family default
- menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
+ menu and the standard toolbar have the cut and paste commands, along with
various other editing features.
Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
The basic ones are:
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "cut"
+arg "copy"
\end_inset
or
,
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "cut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
or
\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
- You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by
+ You can also copy text between \SpecialChar LyX
+ and other programs using
\family sans
Cut
\family default
\family sans
Copy
\family default
- put text in two versions into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted),
+ put two versions of text into the clipboard (formatted and unformatted)
so that other programs can choose the most suitable form.
\family sans
Paste
\family default
- supports formatted and unformatted text as well, and additionally graphics.
+ supports formatted and unformatted text as well as graphics.
It tries to interpret the clipboard contents in an intelligent way.
- For example if the clipboard contains text in the format of comma separated
- values (CSV) and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted
+ For example if the clipboard contains text in a Comma Separated Values
+ (CSV) format and the cursor is inside a table, the text will be pasted
into individual cells.
The submenu of
\family sans
Recent
\family default
- shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
+ shows you a list of the last several strings you have pasted.
You can insert one at the current cursor position by clicking on a list
entry.
\end_layout
Special
\family default
- contains optional items for specific formats, depending on the clipboard
+ may also contain optional items for specific formats depending on the clipboard
contents.
- These include HTML, LaTeX, Linkback
+ Possible formats include HTML, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, PDF, Linkback
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, PDF, PNG, JPEG and EMF.
+, PNG, JPEG and EMF.
These menu items are useful if the clipboard contains the same contents
- in different formats, and you want to select one format explicitly.
+ in different formats and you want to select one format explicitly.
(E.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_inset
some programs put an image into the clipboard as graphics and as a short
- text which is often meaningless.) The menu item
+ text which is often meaningless.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu item
\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\SpecialChar menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Paste
\family default
-, with the only difference that it acts on text only.
- It will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
- as one paragraph.
- A new paragraph is only started when there is a blank line in the text.
+ with the only difference being that it acts on text only.
+ It will paste the text in the clipboard such that the whole text selection
+ is inserted as one paragraph.
+ A new paragraph is only started where there is a blank line in the text.
Without
\family sans
Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Lines
+Lines,
\family default
- the text is inserted as paragraphs where the line breaks of the text will
- start a new paragraph.
- This is for example useful to copy contents of tables from webpages to
- a table in LyX.
+ line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph.
+ This is useful when copying contents of tables from webpages to a table
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
The items
\family sans
Paste
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\SpecialChar menuseparator
Selection,
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special\SpecialChar menuseparator
Selection
\family default
paste from the primary selection.
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Replace
\family default
dialog.
- Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
+ Once you have found a word or expression, \SpecialChar LyX
+ selects it.
Hitting the
\family sans
Replace
Next
\family default
- button to skip the current word.
+ button to skip the curren
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824
+tly selec
+\change_unchanged
+t
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126824
+ed
+\change_unchanged
+ word.
Hit
\family sans
Replace
\family sans
Match whole words only
\family default
- option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
+ option can be used to force \SpecialChar LyX
+ to only find complete words, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., searching for
+g.
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126824
+,
+\change_unchanged
+ searching for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- LyX offers also an advanced
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ also offers an advanced
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
Replace
\family default
- feature that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
arg "inset-select-all"
\end_inset
- consecutively will increase the selection to the whole inset and then to
- the whole document.
+ consecutively will increase the selection scope to the whole inset and
+ then to the whole document.
The shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
\begin_layout Standard
If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
- LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
Select
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Undo
\family default
or the toolbar button
arg "undo"
\end_inset
- to undo some mistake.
+ to undo a mistake.
If you accidentally undo too much, use
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Redo
\family default
or the toolbar button
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
- was last saved, the
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338243
+Note that if you undo all changes to arrive at the document as it was last
+ saved, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Redo
\family default
- work on almost everything in LyX.
- But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
- of text.
+ work on almost everything in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ However they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by
+ blocks of text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
left mouse button
\emph default
and drag the mouse.
- LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ highlights the text between the old and new mouse positions.
Use
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Copy
\family default
- to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
+ to create a copy of the text in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s buffer (and the clipboard).
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598175891
+ You can also use the context menu triggered by right clicking on the selected
+ text.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
+Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into \SpecialChar LyX
+ using
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
\family default
.
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
Right-click on them to set their properties.
- Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
+ Check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
You can set bookmarks in your document under
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
and use the same menu to return to them.
(also
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
Navigate
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
- to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
- your last editing position.
+ to another document part to look for something and want to go back to your
+ last editing position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
F5
\family default
- key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
+ key the cursor will be vertically centered in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The Outliner
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:The-Outliner"
+name "subsec:The-Outliner"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
- of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window you can choose between
+ several different lists including other TOC-like objects such as lists
+ of tables and figures, footnotes, labels and cross-references (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), or notes, or citations (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+), notes, or citations (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
+In many cases right clicking on elements in the Outline opens a context
menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
- For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
+ For example with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
dialog and to modify the citation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
- in the Outline.
- For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
- wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+The
+\family sans
+Filter
+\family default
+ field at the top allows you to filter which entries appear in the outline.
+ For example, if you are displaying the list of
+\emph on
+Labels and References
+\emph default
+ and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-sub:
+sub
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
+ in the filter and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
- you further to control the display.
+At the bottom of the outline are several buttons that allow you to further
+ control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
- Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
- document.
+ Otherwise the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document.
The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option keeps it in the current view state.
- Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
+ Keeping means that when you have the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
arg "reload"
\end_inset
- button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
+ button refreshes the TOC (
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+tho
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598176913
+usef
+\change_unchanged
+u
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+g
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+l w
+\change_unchanged
+h
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ile
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+edi
+\change_unchanged
+t
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+h
+\change_unchanged
+i
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+s
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ng
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+sh
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+if y
+\change_unchanged
+ou
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ld
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ have
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+cha
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ot
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ged
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+u
+\change_unchanged
+s
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ually b
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ctions
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+i
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ th
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+ do
+\change_unchanged
+c
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+um
+\change_unchanged
+e
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126825
+ssary
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126825
+nt
+\change_unchanged
+).
Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
in your document.
The
\end_inset
buttons move sections up and down in the document.
- So, for example, you can move section
+ For example, you can move section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
2.6.
- LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
With the buttons
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
Shift-Tab
\family default
) you can change the level of sections.
- So you can for example make section
+ You can make section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole
+ section to copy, cut or delete it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Scrolling
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ does not have a horizontal scrollbar because standard output page formats
+ such as ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+A4 are not as wide as PC or laptop screens.
+ Therefore you will have trouble with the output of your document if document
+ parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX
+ main screen.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are of course exceptions where horizontal scrolling is necessary.
+ For example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ is used on a small tablet computer
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wide tables that are rotated 90° to fit a whole page
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See section
+\emph on
+Rotated Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Math constructs with long command names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
+ has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor
+ is moved.
+ As an example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX
+ window so that table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is wider.
+ You will now see a dotted red line on the right and/or left side of the
+ table.
+ Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys
+ to see the horizontal scrolling of the table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement h
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Horizontal scrolling test.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Input/Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
opened.
Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
is used to propose completions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
+Input completion can be activated in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
) in the section
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there
- are completions available.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are
+ completions available.
Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
key to accept a proposed completion.
If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
- You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
+ You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826
+,
+\change_unchanged
and accept the chosen completion by pressing
\family sans
Return
\begin_layout Standard
The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
ing options for text.
- The special math option
+
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340017
+Additionally,
+\change_deleted -563046850 1560340019
+T
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340019
+t
+\change_unchanged
+he special math option
\family sans
Autocorrection
\family default
enables characters to be composed.
- If, for example, you want to insert the character
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180192
+If, f
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180192
+F
+\change_unchanged
+or example,
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180208
+ if
+\change_unchanged
+ you want to insert the character
\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset
-, you can then input the characters
+, you can
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180217
+then
+\change_unchanged
+input the characters
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to a formula to get it.
- So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
- of the math toolbar.
- A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180228
+to
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180229
+in
+\change_unchanged
+ a formula to
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180234
+get
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180235
+create
+\change_unchanged
+ it.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180245
+So t
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180246
+T
+\change_unchanged
+his is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the
+ math toolbar.
+ A list
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180267
+with
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180267
+of
+\change_unchanged
+ supported character combinations can be found in the file
\family typewriter
autocorrect
\family default
- that is in LyX's installation folder.
- Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598180288
+that is
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598180288
+located
+\change_unchanged
+ in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s installation folder.
+
+\change_deleted -563046850 1560340086
+Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
mark key “!”.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
turns it off.
+\change_inserted -563046850 1560340324
+Note that using
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ after autocorrection has done its magic leaves the un-corrected sequence.
+ In the example above,
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ leads to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+=>
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and a second
+\family sans
+Undo
+\family default
+ yields
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+=
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
emacs
\family default
.
- LyX's default is
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s default is
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
-, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
+, which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ preferences under
\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
.
- (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
+reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "Tabulator key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\family default
- There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
+ There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
+reference "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-In LyX the
+In \SpecialChar LyX
+ the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "Escape key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Home
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-End
+Home/End
\family default
These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "Control key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
+ in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses depending
on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "Shift key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "Alt or Meta key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
- LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
- at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
- you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
- The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
+You will learn more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX
+ because
+ most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom
+ of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window describing the name of the action you have just triggered
+ and any existing key bindings for that action.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ menus also list the defined key bindings.
The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
- in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
+ in this documentation so you should not have any problems understanding
it.
- However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
+ However notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
-LyX Basics
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Basics
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Basics
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ! Basics
\end_layout
\end_inset
describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
making it easier to create the type of document you want.
- If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
+ If you don't choose a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
+ picks one for you by default.
So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can select a class using the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four standard document classes in LyX.
+There are four standard document classes in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
They are:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
- installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
- will include many of these.
+There are also some non-standard classes, which \SpecialChar LyX
+ only uses if you have installed
+ the corresponding \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class files, though most \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions will include
+ many of these.
Here are some of the classes.
The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
\emph on
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
- with LyX.
+ It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ document class, but a new one that is distributed
+ with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
- with LyX.
+ It is not an existing \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ document class, but a new one that is distributed
+ with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-REVTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
+REV
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
of America (OSA).
- This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
+ This class is not completely compatible with all \SpecialChar LyX
+ features.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
-
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter
+\emph on
+Special Document Classes
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
Nothing is wrong.
- LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
- and some of them, like
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use, and
+ some of them, like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
, are highly specialized.
- LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
- and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
- number.
- No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
+ it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
+ No \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
\begin_layout Standard
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
, you just need to install the appropriate package files.
The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
document class for a new file.
- LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Installing new LaTeX files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
+Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files
+\emph default
in of the
\emph on
Customization
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
- does not include support for every document class people might want to
- use.
- For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
- dissertations submitted to those universities.
- The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
+Although \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides support for many different sorts of documents, it does
+ not include support for every document class people might want to use.
+ For example, many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ class files to be used for dissertation
+s submitted to those universities.
+ The \SpecialChar LyX
+ team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
There are too many.
Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
done so.
Modules
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Modules"
+name "subsec:Modules"
\end_inset
\family default
section of the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
- always installed by default.
- LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
+Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages or file format converters that are not always
+ installed by default.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
- be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
- able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
+ be able to export to PDF or print your document, since \SpecialChar LyX
+ will not be able
+ to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ file without the missing prerequisites.
If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
- install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
-
+ install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+ by selecting
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ See sectio
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126826
+n Installing
+\change_unchanged
+n
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829
+ew
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829
-Installing new LaTeX files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+Installing new
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph default
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598126829
+ files
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598126829
+\emph on
+ files
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
Note:
\series default
Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
- LyX will advise you about these things.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will advise you about these things.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Local Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Local-Layout"
+name "subsec:Local-Layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
- used in a variety of different documents.
+Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX
+ much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+: They are intended to be used in
+ a variety of different documents.
If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
- need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
- You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
- What you want is LyX's
+ need a specific inset or
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757388
+character
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182122
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ style only that one time.
+ You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble.
+ What you want is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Headings"
+reference "subsec:Headings"
\end_inset
Document Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Layout"
+name "subsec:Document-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
\family default
, you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
list.
- This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
- to use for your document.
- To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
- to read its manual.
+ This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX
+ doesn't support special options you want to
+ use for your document.
+ To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-class and its options, you have to read
+ its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The drop box
+\change_deleted -712698321 1597235163
+
\family sans
Headings
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182166
+Page
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
headings
\family default
Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
- Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
- the maximum sectioning level of the class.
+ Whether \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the current chapter or the current section depends on the
+ maximum sectioning level of the class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
fancy
\family default
This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the LaTeX-package
+ have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
+name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\family default
of the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog:
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A0 - A6
+A0 – A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B0 - B6
+B0 – B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-C0 - C6
+C0 – C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-JIS B0 - JIS B6
+JIS B0 – JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Margins
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Margins"
+name "subsec:Margins"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Paper margins are set in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
-\emph on
-everything
-\emph default
- into the new class.
+If you change a document class, \SpecialChar LyX
+ has to convert everything into the new
+ class.
That includes the paragraph environments.
Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
- If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
+ If this is the case, and you change the document class, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will mark the
paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
language than English.
- LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language
- used.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
- into LyX.
+ into \SpecialChar LyX
+.
As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
- LyX takes care of that.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ takes care of that.
In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
range.
- That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
- figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
- of a page, and so on.
+ That way, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures
+ fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom of
+ a page, and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does this when \SpecialChar LyX
+ goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout
\end_inset
However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
- LyX gives you the ability globally to change
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you the ability globally to change
\emph on
all
\emph default
Paragraph Separation
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\family default
of the dialog
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
Open the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\noun on
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-You need to have the LaTeX-package
+You need to have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
setspace
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! setspace
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
You can set it for a single paragraph in the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph on
environment
\emph default
-} ...
+} \SpecialChar ldots
\backslash
end{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-command sequence in LaTeX files.
- If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
+command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files.
+ If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
alien to you, we urge you to read the
\emph on
Tutorial
\end_inset
at the left end of the toolbar.
- LyX will change the environment of the
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will change the environment of the
\emph on
entire
\emph default
paragraph in which the cursor sits.
You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
you select them before choosing the new environment.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
\family default
for most classes.
It creates a plain paragraph.
- If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
+ If \SpecialChar LyX
+ resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
this manual) are in the
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
- author(s) and a
+A \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the author(s)
+ and a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
for thanks or contact information.
- For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
- page along with today's date.
+ For certain types of documents, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ places all of this on a separate page
+ along with today's date.
For other types of documents, the title
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
goes at the top of the first page of the document.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
environments
\family sans
Title
\family default
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
- If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
+ If you don't provide any, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will automatically insert today's date.
If you don't want a date, use the option
\family sans
Suppress default date on front page
\family default
in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Headings"
+name "subsec:Headings"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
- LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ takes care of the numbering for you.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
- Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
+ Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598182388
+ Roman numerals
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598182398
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1596358192
+Latin letters
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
For example, suppose you're writing a book.
You group the book into chapters.
- LyX does a similar grouping:
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ does a similar grouping:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
- environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
+ environment to label a new sub-subsection, \SpecialChar LyX
+ labels it with its number,
along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter
that it's in.
For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
Changing the Numbering
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Numbering-depth"
+name "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Open the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
\family sans
Numbering
\family default
- controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
- heading.
+ controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX
+ numbers a section heading.
The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
of contents.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
avoiding the problem mentioned.
To specify a short title, set the cursor behind the title and use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Short
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
They are
\family sans
Quote
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Lists"
+name "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
of lists.
In the
\family sans
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
+ environments, \SpecialChar LyX
+ labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
In the
\family sans
Description
\family sans
List
\family default
- environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
+ environments, \SpecialChar LyX
+ lets you provide your own label.
We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
in several ways.
- First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
+ First, \SpecialChar LyX
+ treats each paragraph as a list item.
Hitting
\family sans
Return
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
- In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
- is nested.
+ In fact, \SpecialChar LyX
+ changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is
+ nested.
If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
you read all of section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
The items can have any length.
- LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
\family sans
Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ always shows the same symbol on screen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
list.
You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog in the submenu
\end_inset
- These customizations are not displayed in LyX.
+ These customizations are not displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
- Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
+ shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Here is how \SpecialChar LyX
+ labels the four different levels in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Customized-Lists"
+reference "subsec:Customized-Lists"
\end_inset
.
- Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX.
+ Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Description
\family default
list has no fixed label.
- Instead, LyX uses the first
+ Instead, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
rest of the line.
\end_layout
or the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
+Notice that after the first line, \SpecialChar LyX
+ indents subsequent lines, offsetting
them from the first line.
\end_layout
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
+ environment is a \SpecialChar LyX
+ extension to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-labels LyX uses the first
+labels \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
- the body of the item text.
+margins As you can see, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses different margins for the item label and the
+ body of the item text.
The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
label width plus a little extra space.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
- larger.
+width \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is larger.
If the label width is larger, the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
To change the default width, select all items in the list.
Now open the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
multiple times instead.
- M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
+ M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
By using
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
- list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
- by default.
+ list: As you can see in the examples, \SpecialChar LyX
+ left-justifies the item labels by
+ default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
\family default
- to change how LyX justifies the item label.
+ to change how \SpecialChar LyX
+ justifies the item label.
\family sans
Hfills
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
Customized Lists
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Customized-Lists"
+name "subsec:Customized-Lists"
\end_inset
Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
is loaded in the document settings.
- The module uses the LaTeX-package
+ The module uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
argument (menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Short Title
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Enumerate Options
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
There you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-in TeX Code (shortcut
+in \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code (shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "ert-insert"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more about TeX Code, look at section
+For more about \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code, look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
- Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
- list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
+ to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
+, but in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ error.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-with standard spacing
+with standard spacing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
enumitem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
-
+There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+Although \SpecialChar LyX
+ has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
environments called
\family sans
Address
\family default
.
To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ in a specific order, otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ gags on the document.
In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
Address
Address
\family default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which \SpecialChar LyX
+ sets to fit
+ the largest block of text on a single line.
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Address
\family sans
Return
\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
+ in either of these environments, \SpecialChar LyX
+ resets the nesting depth and sets the
+ environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
or
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
- in anything else or
-\emph on
-vice versa
-\emph default
-.
+ in anything else or vice versa.
It will not work.
The
\family sans
Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ screen.
The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are
using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+name "subsec:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+ environment, \SpecialChar LyX
+ adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at section
+ by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s bibliography
+ handling, have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of
- a computer console/terminal and a typewriter.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a
+ computer console/terminal and a typewriter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LyX
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\family sans
-Code
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
+name "subsec:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
- environment is a LyX extension.
+ environment is a \SpecialChar LyX
+ extension.
It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
It also treats the
\family sans
\begin_layout Plain Layout
In the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
environment, the
\family sans
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Verbatim
\family default
and
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
- are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in
- LyX.
+* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+.
If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
does not reset the paragraph environment.
So, when you finish using the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
Also, you can nest the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
environment inside of others.
\end_layout
Space
\family default
in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+ Otherwise, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ generates errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\end_inset
program.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts
and so on.
\family default
environment is similar to the
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a
computer console text.
breaks lines.
Compared to
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\family default
the
\family sans
you can have empty lines.
In contrary to
\family sans
-LyX-Code,
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code,
\family default
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
contain hyperlinks, boxes, foot- and margin notes, notes, math, citations,
index- and nomenclature entries, labels, tables, graphics, listings, floats
- and TeX-Code
+ and \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Verbatim
-This is verbatim.
+This is Verbatim.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\begin_layout Verbatim
-Almost everything is allowed in verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
+Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
\backslash
}][{|
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Verbatim*
+\family default
+ environment is identical to
+\family sans
+Verbatim
+\family default
+ with the difference that spaces appear in the output as the character '
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+'.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Verbatim*
+
+This is Verbatim*.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Nesting Environments
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific propertie
+s.
This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
another block.
For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+Note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ only changes the nesting depth if it can.
If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\begin_layout Standard
Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
+ In \SpecialChar LyX
+, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're about
+ to find out.
This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+\SpecialChar LyX
+-Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
Verbatim
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Verbatim*
+\end_layout
+
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
it is in goes.
\end_layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
+Speaking of levels, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
In other words,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
-#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
-#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+#6-a \SpecialChar ldots
and this is level #6.
By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
#2-b Back to level #2.
-
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_inset
.
- We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ We will do that again\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\SpecialChar ldots
to get to level #5.
This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
don't
\emph default
change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
- type of numbering does LyX use?
+ type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX
+ use?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #4.
- Look what type of label LyX is using!
+ Look what type of label \SpecialChar LyX
+ is using!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
This is level #3.
- Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
- numeral as the label.Why?
+ Even though we've changed levels, \SpecialChar LyX
+ is still using a lowercase Roman numeral
+ as the label.Why?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
- Notice, however, that LyX
+ Notice, however, that \SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph on
did
\emph default
\family default
.
As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
- LyX uses for the
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses for the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
- an
+ environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses for an
+
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
Verse
\family default
environment.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
- just a few keystrokes.
+As you can see, nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you a lot of power with just
+ a few keystrokes.
We could have easily nested an
\family sans
Itemize
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Separate-Nestings"
+name "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
\end_inset
enumeration
\end_layout
-\begin_layout --Separator--
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Separator plain
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
-\begin_layout --Separator--
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\end_inset
+
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To tell LyX that there are two lists and not one, set the cursor at the
- end of the last item and use the menu
+To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a
+ list item and use the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start New Parent Environment
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Separated <Name> Above
\family default
-.
- This adds an environment separator and a new list behind it.
- If you use instead the menu
+ or
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start New Environment
+ Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Separated <Name> Below
\family default
- a new list will also be created, but in the same nesting level.
+.
+ This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX
+) and before or behind it the
+ new list.
+ Inside nested environments, it is also possible to split the outer environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To split an existing list into two lists, set the cursor at the end of a
- list item
-\change_deleted -1966299584 1432227810
-,
-\change_inserted -1966299584 1432227815
- and repeatedly
-\change_unchanged
- press
+By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator
+ (red arrow in LyX).
+ The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator
+ only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In general, you get an environment separator when you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
-
-\change_deleted -1966299584 1432227824
-and select
+ in a
\family sans
---Separator--
+Standard
\family default
- in the pull-down box for environments in LyX's main toolbar
-\change_inserted -1966299584 1432229616
-until you get an environment separator in the form of a small angled arrow.
- The only difference between this separator and the one you obtain by using
- the menu (a reddish line) is that it will also insert a blank line in the
- LaTeX output
-\change_unchanged
-.
-
-\change_inserted -1966299584 1432230601
- However, each kind of separator can be turned into the other kind by right-clic
-king it and choosing the wanted type through the context menu that opens.
- In general, you get an environment separator when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-break"
-\end_inset
-
- in a Standard environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
- Thus, in a normal workflow, you can insert two consecutive environments
- of the same type by simply pressing
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-break"
-\end_inset
-
- until you get an environment separator, after which any other kind of environme
-nt can be inserted (even of the same type).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted -1966299584 1432231566
-If you load documents produced with a previous version of LyX, you may notice
- that the angled-arrow separator may appear at the end of a line.
- In this case it is not used to separate environments but rather to assure
- that the same LaTeX output is obtained.
- Indeed, previous versions of LyX could insert spurious blank lines in the
- LaTeX output, which are now avoided.
- As those blank lines may affect vertical spacing, LyX takes care that you
- obtain the same results as before.
- You can safely remove the separators automatically inserted for this purpose
- if you like better the resulting vertical spacing.
-\change_unchanged
-
+ environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
- you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
- you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot
+ you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you
+ more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot
be broken at the end of a line.
The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
useful.
Protected Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Protected-Space"
+name "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
- line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
+The protected space: It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX
+ (and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+) not to break the line at
+ that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
A protected space is set with
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Horizontal Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+name "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal Space
\family default
.
Inter-word Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+name "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries
to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters
at the ends of sentences.
- There is no need to do this as LyX automatically takes care about this.
+ There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically takes care about this.
However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation
followed by a period; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Abbreviations"
+reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
for examples.
To insert a normal space, select
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Thin Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Thin-Space"
+name "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert thin spaces with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
You can also insert the following space types:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161965
+Medium
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space
+\change_unchanged
+A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \medspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593161991
+negative thin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161992
+medium
+\change_unchanged
+ space between the arrows.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162006
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593162010
+Medium
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162011
+Thick
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \thickspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593162017
+medium
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593162018
+thick
+\change_unchanged
+ space between the arrows.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="12" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
em
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -712698321 1593161917">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+Medium
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mu
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -712698321 1593161917">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+Thick
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593161917
+5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mu
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
+Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX
+ feature for adding extra space
in a uniform fashion.
An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
the remaining space between the left and right margins.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Up brace:
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593242277
+Up
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242278
+Down
+\change_unchanged
+ brace
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242369
+ (= opened downwards)
+\change_unchanged
+:
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Down brace:
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1593242281
+Down
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242282
+Up
+\change_unchanged
+ brace
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593242378
+ (= opened upwards)
+\change_unchanged
+:
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
\emph on
not
\emph default
- in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
+ in the first line in a paragraph, \SpecialChar LyX
+ ignores it.
This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
If you need space in this case anyway, set the
\family sans
Phantom Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+name "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
.
To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Phantom
\family default
.
Vertical Space
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Vertical-Space"
+name "subsec:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
BigSkip
\family default
- are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
+ are \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
is the skip adjusted in the dialog
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
MedSkip
\family default
.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593360527
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1593360570
+
+\family sans
+Half line height
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Line height
+\family default
+ equal to the height, or half the height, of a line in the current font
+ size including line spacing.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can change the paragraph alignment with the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph Settings
\family default
dialog (toolbar button
\end_inset
).
- There are five possibilities:
+ There are five possibilities:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
+name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
- can force a page break where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
+If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does the page breaks in your document, you can
+ force a page break where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\family sans
Floats
\family default
-, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
+, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
The second type, that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
at the top of a page.
This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
- LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
See chapter
Clear Page Breaks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can insert a clear page break with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706231
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706295
+Suppressing Page Breaks
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706382
+Page Breaks !
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706335
+No Page Break
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706444
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706504
+To discourage page break at certain point you can use
+\family sans
+Insert
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706512
+Formatting
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602706556
+No Page Break
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+.
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1602707015
+ This is typically useful for paragraphs which should stay together or when
+ you want to keep close the description for tables and pictures in case
+ using floats or boxes is not appropriate.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
the line.
You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
Another type that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
- LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively
- to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
+You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is
+ very good at line breaking.
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set
+ a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Horizontal Lines
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
+name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
\end_inset
\noindent
In the dialog
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
\end_inset
\family default
dialog via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\family default
.
Note:
\series default
Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
- when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
+ when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences.
But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ specifying
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757415
+character
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598184810
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles rather than specifying a particular font.
For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font to emphasize text, you use an
+ font, to emphasize text you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- instead.
- This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
- In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ In \SpecialChar LyX
+, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-LaTeX font support
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ font support
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Traditionally, LaTeX used its own fonts.
+Traditionally, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ used its own fonts.
That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
- operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
+ operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
distribution.
- The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
- which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
+ The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ needs some extra information about the fonts, which
+ have to be provided by additional files and packages.
The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared
to a word processor.
On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
- are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
- across different machines.
- Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX has increased a
- lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial
+ are generally of very good quality, and that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files are very portable across
+ different machines.
+ Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ has increased a lot
+ in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial
fonts.
- LyX supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface
(see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
+reference "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
for details).
- Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant LaTeX code in the document
+ Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ code in the document
preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able directly
- to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely XeTeX
- and LuaTeX.
- Both engines are supported by LyX.
+Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ engines that are also able directly
+ to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
+ and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font
that is installed on your system.
The next section describes how to use these fonts.
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
-es; so you might have to experiment.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
- as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
+ In practice, some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding,
+ bad metrics, or other font deficiencies; so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Document Font and Font size
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Font"
+name "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\begin_layout Standard
If you select
\family sans
-Use non-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX fonts
+Use non-TeX fonts
\family default
, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
This requires that you use
\family sans
-PDF (XeT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
+PDF (XeTeX)
\family default
,
\family sans
-PDF (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
+PDF (LuaTeX)
\family default
or
\family sans
-DVI (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
+DVI (LuaTeX)
\family default
as the output format, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
+you will have to have either Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+ installed (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
- You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
- Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
- (roman, sans
+ You will then not have access to \SpecialChar TeX
+'s own fonts.
+ Note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists (roman,
+ sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
+serif, and typewriter), since \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot determine the family.
Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
- to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+ to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or font failures.
- LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
- font include
+If you use \SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the font
+ include
\family sans
Default
\family default
- and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
+ and a list of fonts available with your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution.
If you select
\family sans
Default,
\family default
the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
- In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
+ With LyX's
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413696
+default
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413700
+automatic
+\change_unchanged
+ font encoding, this is
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413733
+, depending on the document language,
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413747
+either the the standard \SpecialChar TeX
+ font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cm
\family default
) or
+\change_unchanged
+a look-alike of
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413754
+ the standard \SpecialChar TeX
+ font
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modern
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413756
+ this font
+\change_unchanged
+: either
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+cm-super
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or the bitmap font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
-), but some classes preset different default fonts.
+).
+ However, some classes set different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
As
\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
ec
\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when
- you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+ is a bitmap font, it looks pixelated in PDF output, especially when you
+ read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem does not appear if you read PDFs in
+This problem is less severe if you read PDFs in
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
Modern
\family default
- was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
+ was developed for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ community in order to replace
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-or select the
-\family sans
-AE
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(Almost
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-European)
-\family default
- fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family sans
-Latin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Modern
-\family default
- is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
- the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-aeguill
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- with the document preamble line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series default
-will fix the guillemet problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and that accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, but built of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
- using the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- fonts.
- If you search for example for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
- for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- e +
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
- ̀
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Itemize
If you do not like the look of
\family typewriter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
base size
\emph default
.
- That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
- used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ That means that \SpecialChar LyX
+ scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used
+ in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
\family typewriter
\family sans
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X font encoding
+LaTeX font encoding
\family default
selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
- the LaTeX-package
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
fontenc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! fontenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (see also sec.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413571
+ (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
-).
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413471
+
\family sans
Default
+\change_inserted -712698321 1524413474
+Automatic
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
---
+–
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
of scaled capitals.
Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563000270
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563000448
+Furthermore, with some fonts, you can add additional (comma-separated) options
+ provided by the font package (or the
+\family sans
+fontspec
+\family default
+ package, if you use non-TeX fonts), into the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field.
+ This presupposes that you are familiar with the respective \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ font package.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
+The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! CJK
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Enable micro-typographic extensions
+\family default
+ activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+microtype
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! microtype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+ outputs en- and em-dashes as literal characters
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ macro, if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ input encoding.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ instead of ligatures (--, ---) (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+ When you choose a new font or font size, \SpecialChar LyX
+ does
\emph on
not
\emph default
change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog, see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LaTeX the font used for characters in equations is different from the
- document font.
- For the case that you use TeX fonts for your document, you can explicitly
+In \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ the font used for characters in equations is different from the document
+ font.
+ For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts for your document, you can explicitly
choose a math font in the dialog
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\end_inset
.
- The default setting is that LyX automatically selects a math font.
- For most cases this will be LaTeX's default -- the math variant of LaTeX's
- default font family
+ The default setting is that \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically selects a math font.
+ For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s default
+ font family
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- LyX will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of
- the document font is available.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the
+ document font is available.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use non-TeX fonts for the document, you can only choose for math
- to use either the document's class default TeX font (in most cases
+If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts for the document, you can only choose for math to
+ use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX
+ font (in most cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) or to use the non-TeX variant of the document's class default font (in
- most cases
+) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX
+ variant of the document's class default font (in most
+ cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
+Using Different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757119
+Character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757120
+Text
+\change_unchanged
+ Styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595783
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:charstyles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
- certain paragraph environments.
- LyX supports two character styles,
-\family sans
+As we've already seen, \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically changes the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601052
+character
+\change_unchanged
+style for certain paragraph environments.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757169
+ In this section, we will explain how the style of selected text passages
+ can by changed.
+ This is where we meet the concept of
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601099
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601099
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595930
+By default,
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports two
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757160
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757161
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles,
+\emph on
Emphasized
-\family default
+\emph default
and
+\noun on
+Noun
+\noun default
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757189
+These are
+\emph on
+builtin
+\emph default
+, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., available with all document classes.
+ On top of that, some document classes and modules provide
+\emph on
+custom text styles
+\emph default
+ for specific purposes.
+ We describe both types of text styles in a minute.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757201
+Before we do that, though, allow us just a few words of what we mean by
+
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+ in contrast to
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+.
+ Traditional word processors used to focus on so-called
+\emph on
+formal markup
+\emph default
+: if you wanted to emphasize a word, you selected it and chose e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+bold style
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ — you customized the
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+.
+ Modern processors, \SpecialChar LyX
+ among them, encourage the use of
+\emph on
+semantic
+\emph default
+(or
+\emph on
+logical
+\emph default
+)
+\emph on
+markup
+\emph default
+ instead (although formal markup is still possible; see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Rather than fiddling with
+\emph on
+text properties
+\emph default
+, they encourage the use of
+\emph on
+text styles
+\emph default
+, who are defined with regard to their function (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+emphasize
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+), not their form (
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ There are many advantages of the semantic approach.
+ To begin with, using functional categories keeps you thinking about why
+ you are actually marking up, if your markup is consistent and systematic,
+ and whether this particular markup makes sense.
+ On a more practical level, it is easy to change the appearance if needed.
+ Consider the case when you are writing a paper and set all proper names
+ in
+\shape smallcaps
+small caps
+\shape default
+ via formal markup.
+ Now if the publisher requests to have names appear differently (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in normal font, or ALL-CAPS), you would have to change any single occurrence.
+ With a semantic markup (such as
+\noun on
+noun
+\noun default
+; see below), you'd just need to change the definition of
\family sans
Noun
\family default
+ once and for all.
+ It's a ten second change (if you know how to change the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ definition).
+ Moreover, semantic markup even allows you to produce different versions
+ of a document, using different markup semantics.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757213
+With that in mind, we now turn to the semantic text styles that are provided
+ by \SpecialChar LyX
.
- You can activate both of these styles via key bindings, the menus, and
- the toolbar.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757220
+Builtin Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757226
+The two builtin text styles can be
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596489
+You can
+\change_unchanged
+activate
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596491
+d
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596494
+both of these styles
+\change_unchanged
+via
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596436
+the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog,
+\change_unchanged
+key bindings
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596045
+, the menus
+\change_unchanged
+, and the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596051
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596318
+use the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+) as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noun on
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default
- is the original author of LyX.
+ is the original author of \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598183
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598323
+By default,
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ is producing text in
+\shape smallcaps
+Small Caps
+\shape default
+, but the definition can be changed.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
+A more widely used
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757229
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757229
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ style is the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596078
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596340
+use the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+) as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598370
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598370
+-
+\change_unchanged
+packages use a different font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598396
+, and you can also customize it yourself by changing the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ definition
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Quotation
\emph on
-Do not overuse character styles!
+Do not overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757231
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757231
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character styles.
+ the common tendency to overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525757236
+character
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757236
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ styles.
+
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598186598
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598419
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757709
+In contrast to the custom text styles, the builtin styles are represented
+ only as font changes and integrated in the
+\family sans
+Text Properties
+\family default
+ dialog.
+
+\change_unchanged
+You can
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598525
+therefore
+\change_unchanged
+always reset to the default font using the key binding
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
- or the dialog
+ or th
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598540
+e
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598540
+at
+\change_unchanged
+ dialog
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525596565
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598544
+
\family default
- (
+(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525598549
+or
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525598549
+(
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
).
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525596575
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756578
+Custom Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757241
+Custom text styles can be provided by the document class, a module (see
+ section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Modules"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+), or local layout settings (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ As the two builtin styles, they provide
+\emph on
+semantic
+\emph default
+ markup for specific functions.
+ For instance, \SpecialChar LyX
+ ships a
+\emph on
+Linguistics
+\emph default
+ module that provides, among other things, some custom text styles to markup
+ linguistic levels:
+\emph on
+expressions
+\emph default
+,
+\noun on
+concepts
+\noun default
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+meanings
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757806
+These styles can be found, if available, in the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text Styles
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757245
+For the purpose of demonstration, we have loaded in this document the optional
+ module
+\family sans
+Logical Markup
+\family default
+ that replicates and extends the two builtin styles.
+ By example of the emphasized style, we can see the differences in look
+ and feel (although the result in the typeset output is the same): while
+ the builtin
+\emph on
+emphasized style
+\emph default
+ appears as normal font change, the custom text style
+\begin_inset Flex Emph
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599318
+Emph
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ appears as an inset, with a label below that identifies its semantics.
+ This is the way all custom text styles look and feel like.
+ For instance, the three others from the module we have loaded are:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599387
+Code
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Strong
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599390
+Strong
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Flex Noun
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599392
+Noun
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that custom text styles might (as in the example) or might not emulate
+ on screen their formal appearance.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599470
+Fine-Tuning
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599472
+Tweaking
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599462
+Text
+\change_unchanged
+with the
\family sans
-Text Style
+Text
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756524
+Style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756526
+Properties
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
- dialog
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599485
+d
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599485
+D
+\change_unchanged
+ialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so
- LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599505
+formal
+\change_unchanged
+fine-tuning; so \SpecialChar LyX
+ gives you a way to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525595143
+create a custom
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595144
+customize
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601741
+the properties of text passages
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525595163
+character style
+\change_unchanged
+.
For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
from ordinary dialog.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525595231
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757255
+If there are no custom text styles provided by the document class or a module
+ for this purpose (which is, as written above, generally the better way
+ of handling such issues), you often find yourself wanting to quickly tweak
+ the properties of the respective text passages.
+ That's where
+\emph on
+formal markup
+\emph default
+ comes in as a last resort.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+Before we document how to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599696
+use custom character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599700
+tweak the text properties
+\change_unchanged
+, we want to issue a warning yet again: Don't overuse
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599715
+character styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599716
+that
+\change_unchanged
+!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
+To
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599736
+use custom character styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599739
+tweak text properties
+\change_unchanged
+, open the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599762
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599762
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog or press the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_inset
.
- There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property that you can choose.
+ There are several
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599782
+combo
+\change_unchanged
+boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599798
+font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599796
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ property that you can choose.
You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
\family sans
No
\family default
, which keeps the current state of that property.
The item
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677079
+
\family sans
-Reset
+R
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677076
+Default
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677077
+eset
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
will reset the property to whatever is the default.
You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
+The
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599868
+font
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599869
+text
+\change_unchanged
+ properties, and their options (in addition to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
change
\family default
and
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525677094
+
\family sans
Reset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677096
+Default
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
) are:
\end_layout
\family sans
)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607448
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
-\family sans
-Series
-\family default
- This corresponds to the print weight.
- Options are:
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607495
+The general differences of these families are:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607451
\family sans
-Medium
+Serif
\family default
- This is the Medium font series.
- It's also the default series.
-\end_layout
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+appendices
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Bold
-\family default
-
-\series bold
-This is the Bold font series.
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
+ The following example shows the difference:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\series default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-bold"
+text with serifs
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+text without serifs
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
\family sans
-Shape
+roman
\family default
- As the name implies.
- Options are:
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
\family sans
-Upright
+Sans serif
\family default
- This is the Upright font shape.
- It's also the default shape.
+ is not recommended for use as a base type.
+ This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ font, which means every character has the same width; the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is as wide as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+m
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Here is an example
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+no
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+typewriter text
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607513
+For more on phantoms see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+no typewriter text
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Series
+\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Bold
+\family default
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
+
+\series default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-bold"
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Shape
+\family default
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Upright
+\family default
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
Italic
This
\shape default
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599902
+
\family sans
\shape italic
i
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599902
+
\family default
+i
+\change_unchanged
s the Italic font shape
\shape default
\emph on
\shape slanted
This is the Slanted font shape
\shape default
- (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
+ (although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
+, this is different from italic).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
Color
\family default
Alters the text color.
- Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Note that not all DVI
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599925
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599925
+-
+\change_unchanged
+viewers are able to display colors.
Besides
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599934
+
\family sans
+(Without)
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599939
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
color
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
, which means that the document default color set in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Color
\family default
for
text
\family default
- is used, you can choose between
+ is used, you can
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599960
+choose
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525599960
+select
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525599974
+between
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
Black
\family default
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
- and
+,
\family sans
Yellow
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Brown
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Darkgray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Gray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lightgray
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lime
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Orange
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Olive
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Pink
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Purple
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Teal
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Violet
\family default
text.
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
+\change_deleted 5863208 1598186626
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family default
This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
- (only within LyX).
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600006
+in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ workarea
+\change_unchanged
+in blue to indicate the change
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600002
+ (only within \SpecialChar LyX
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document,
- LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
When using the spell checking (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525677618
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you do not want text passages to be spellchecked, activate
+\family sans
+Exclude from Spellchecking
+\family default
+.
+ Passages marked like this will still be hyphenated correctly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
Size
\family default
Alters the size of the font.
- You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
- proportional to the document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
- what you want to do.
+ You
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600033
+will
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600034
+won't
+\change_unchanged
+ find
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600037
+no
+\change_unchanged
+numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportional to the
+ document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
+ the details, but a general description of what
+ you want to do.
The options are:
\end_layout
\emph default
: don't go crazy with this feature.
You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
— use those instead.
This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600062
+
\family sans
Misc
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600065
+Underlining
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
+ Here you can
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600102
+change a few other things at the character level
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600112
+have text passages being underlined
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600240
+Avoid using underlining if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter
+ days, when you could not change fonts.
+ One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+
+\change_unchanged
+Options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600074
+
\family sans
Emph
\family default
That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
text.
Normally this font is equal to italic.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600322
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600337
+
+\family sans
+(Without)
+\family default
+ Don't use underlining.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600192
+
\family sans
Underbar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600193
+Single
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+This is text with
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600212
+Single underlining
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600209
+Underbar
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\bar default
(key binding
\end_inset
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600236
+
\family default
Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
when you could not change fonts.
One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- This is only possible in LyX because some people
+ This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ because some people
\emph on
may
\emph default
need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
Double
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600261
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\uuline on
-This is text with Double underbar on.
+This is text with Double under
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600270
+bar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600271
+lining
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\uuline default
(key binding
\end_inset
)
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600282
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar.
+ about double underbar
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family sans
Wavy
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600285
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\uwave on
-This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+This is text with Wavy under
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600294
+bar
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600295
+lining
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\uwave default
(key binding
Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
Keep antinausea pills handy.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600130
+
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600169
+
\family sans
-Strikeout
+Strikethrough
+\family default
+ lets you strike-through text passages in two ways:
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600364
+
+\family sans
+(Without)
+\family default
+ Don't use strikethrough.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+S
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600378
+trike
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600378
+ingle
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\strikeout on
-This is text with Strikeout on.
+This is text with
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600382
+Strikeout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601925
+Single strikethrough
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
\strikeout default
(key binding
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600394
+
+\family sans
+Cross
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ou
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600397
+With
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+/
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600398
+t
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+
+\xout on
+This is text with
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525601941
+/-strikethrough
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525601943
+Cross out
+\change_unchanged
+ on.
+\xout default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This is used to make text hardly readable.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525757268
+In addition to all the formal markup described above, the dialog also provides
+ you access to the two builtin semantic text styles (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Builtin-Character-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+):
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600579
+
+\family sans
+Emphasized:
+\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Noun
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600548
+:
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
\noun on
This is text with Noun on.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600637
+
\noun default
Like
\family sans
Caps
\family default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you have chosen a new character style via the
+So you have a huge number of combinations to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600660
+choose
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600660
+select
+\change_unchanged
+ from.
+ Once you have
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600674
+chosen a new character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600725
+applied a text property
+\change_unchanged
+ via the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600703
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600703
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
(
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-) dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them by using the toolbar button
+) dialog, the settings are
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600733
+temporarily
+\change_unchanged
+saved.
+ You can activate the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600738
+m
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600745
+ last applied properties
+\change_unchanged
+ by using the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
- isn't visible.
+ The button lets you apply
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600766
+your custom character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600778
+those
+\change_unchanged
+even when the dialog isn't visible.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545905101
+ A press on the button will apply the most recent setting again, a press
+ on the down-arrow will open a menu with the (max.
+ 20) most recently applied settings, from which you can select one.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+To completely reset the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600787
+character style
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525600823
+text properties of a selection
+\change_unchanged
+ to the default, use
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545917704
+ either
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545917700
+
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545917733
+ or select
+\family sans
+Reset to default
+\family default
+ from the menu of the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600803
+If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose
+ you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Apply
\family default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
You should also know something about the differences between the three main
font types
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Serif
\family default
\begin_layout Itemize
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525607419
+
\family sans
Sans serif
\family default
is not recommended for use as a base type.
This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525600873
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
), no matter how many times you apply the style.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+We conclude
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525607667
+this section
+\change_unchanged
+with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts! They are, more
+ often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ using \SpecialChar LyX
+, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
goes on behind-the-scenes.
We cover this information in much greater detail in the
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
- LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the program \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as its backend.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX
+ typesetting system, but to prevent confusion,
+ we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, \SpecialChar LyX
+ calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
+First, \SpecialChar LyX
+ converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, generating
+ a file with the extension,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
+Next, \SpecialChar LyX
+ calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ to use the commands in the
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+name "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Simple text (ASCII)
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337594
+Simple
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337596
+Plain
+\change_unchanged
+ text
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337574
+ (ASCII)
+\change_unchanged
+
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! ASCII
+File formats !
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337607
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337612
+Plain text
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+ It contains your document as plain text
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337643
+in UTF-8 encoding
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337647
+following the rules of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (ASCII).
+ (ASCII)
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
+You can export your document to
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337684
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337686
+plain text
+\change_unchanged
+ with the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
.
However, this will not export any externally generated material such as
- a BibTeX bibliography (section
+ a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ bibliography (section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
).
If your document includes such material, use
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
More
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
.
This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating
- thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII.
+ thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337720
+ASCII
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337722
+plain text
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! LaTeX
+File formats ! \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ program to process
your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
+ If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX
+, you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-Errors or to process it manually
+ with console commands.
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary directory whenever you
+ view or export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
+You can export your document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-file using the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\family default
.
- The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
+ The different \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ export variants are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+reference "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to DVI by the menus
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
or
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X).
+(LuaTeX).
\family default
The latter option uses the program
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
.
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
font access (see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
- LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
- standard TeX processor.
+ Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+ is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+ processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-pack
-age
+If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ As \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has to
+ convert them in the background to EPS.
If, for example, you have 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images in your document, LyX has to do 50
+images in your document, \SpecialChar LyX
+ has to do 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
- This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
+ This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can export to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
PostScript
\family default
.
\end_inset
).
- You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
+ You can also use any other image format, because \SpecialChar LyX
+ converts them in the
background to one of these formats.
But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
will slow down your workflow.
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to PDF via the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export
\family default
in different ways:
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X) This uses the program
+(Lua
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+) This uses the program
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
which converts your file directly to PDF.
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
is a new engine, derived from
\family typewriter
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
).
- LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
- standard TeX processor.
+ Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+ is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+ processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X) This uses the program
+(Xe
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+) This uses the program
\family typewriter
-XeTeX
+Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
that converts your file directly to PDF.
\family typewriter
-XeTeX
+Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
font access (see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins.
- This is for example useful if you want to use LyX to generate good-looking
+ This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX
+ to generate good-looking
formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations.
\end_layout
\family default
supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
works without problems.
- If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+ If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or specific OpenType fonts, you might
want to try out
\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X)
+(XeTeX)
\family default
or
\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X)
+(LuaTeX)
\family default
instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
as
.
It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
- When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
+ When \SpecialChar LyX
+ produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
suitable for the purpose.
For the math output you can choose in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output
\family default
between different formats, which are described in section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
+, and not all \SpecialChar LyX
+ features are supported yet.
See the chapter
\emph on
-LyX and the World Wide Web
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ and the World Wide Web
\emph default
, in the
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
LyXHTML
\family default
.
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
).
Further output formats can be selected via
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
.
If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
viewer window using the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\family default
or
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\family default
, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary
directory.
To have a real output, export your document.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the File from within LyX
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printing-the-File"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
- it directly from within LyX.
- To print a file, select the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "dialog-show print"
-\end_inset
-
-) or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
- This file is then processed by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- to a PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
-\family typewriter
-Ghostscript
-\family default
-.
- Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the following print parameters in the
-\family sans
-Print
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Destination
-\family default
- box:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Printer
-\family default
- This is the name of the printer to print to.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this printer name is for the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- That means
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- has to be configured for this printer name.
- The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printer"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The printer should understand PostScript.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-File
-\family default
- The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
- It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
- path.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose to print only a range of pages, only even-numbered or only
- odd-numbered pages or to print the pages in reverse — the latter options
- are useful for printing on two sides with a printer without a duplexer:
- you re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side.
- Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
- By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
- of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Section
A few Words about Typography
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX, the
+In \SpecialChar LyX
+, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character comes in four lengths: the
+ symbol comes in four variants: the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
-, and the minus sign:
+, and the
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+:
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "100col%"
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+system key combination
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+On Mac and Linux, the en dash is entered with
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+Opt+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ and the em dash with
+\family sans
+Shift-Opt+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ (
+\family sans
+Opt
+\family default
+ is the Mac label for the right
+\family sans
+Alt
+\family default
+key).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+--
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+system key combination or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+---
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
+ in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- character multiple times in a row.
- They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
- the final output, but not in LyX.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- gives a en dash,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+Dashes can also be inserted with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- a em dash.
+Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Symbols
+\family default
+ or using the
+\family typewriter
+unicode-insert
+\family default
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash
+ and 2014 for the en dash).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
+Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in math
+ mode and has a length of its own.
Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A–Z
+A–Z; pages
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+369–378
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh — there's a dash.
+The em dash is used without spaces: Oh—there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+See also the
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wikipedia entry on dashes"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Dashes and Line Breaks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use
+ case and locale, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In English, line breaks are generally allowed after the dash, but no line
+ break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In English, dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start
+ a new line.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+In French and Spanish, dashes around parenthetical statements are treated
+ similar to brackets: line breaks are not allowed on the inner side.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX
+ to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (-- and ---).
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ allows line breaks after hyphens
+\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782973
+,
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782983
+ and these
+\change_unchanged
+ en-dashes and em-dashes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks before spaced en dashes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– common in British English and generally recommended by
+\emph on
+The Elements of Typographic Style
+\emph default
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– can be prevented using protected spaces.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Unwanted line breaks
+\series bold
+after
+\series default
+ dashes
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782702
+must
+\change_deleted -1402925745 1558782715
+can
+\change_unchanged
+ be prevented by wrapping in a makebox
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See section
+\emph on
+Prevent Hyphenation
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or preceding with
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+nobreakdash
+\series default
+ in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782753
+, a protected space does not suffice
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ Examples
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782332
+
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -1402925745 1558782431
+It is generally recommended to set the correct language for text parts not
+ in the document language.
+ We don't do this here to prevent a dependency on LaTeX support for French
+ and Spanish.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Pages
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+36–39
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les incises
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 1
+width ""
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+–
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+même
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ si tout le monde ne les aime pas
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– sont très utiles.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+En una frase
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+nobreakdash
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+—un inciso con rayas— se escribe así.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– in contrast to an overfull line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– it does not trigger a warning in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ log.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes, you can select
+ the option
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes.
+ They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox
+ or \SpecialChar TeX
+ code).
+ Example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Les incises –
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+même si tout le monde ne les aime pas
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+– sont très utiles.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Optional
+\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913043
+
+\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913043
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+line
+\change_deleted 1675569489 1580913068
+
+\change_inserted 1675569489 1580913068
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
+break
+\family default
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Em-dashes without spaces—\SpecialChar allowbreak
+common in American English—\SpecialChar allowbreak
+should be followed by
+ a line break opportunity.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This also allows hyphenation of the word following the dash (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+With this setting, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em
+ or en dashes (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Changes and backwards compatibility
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Up to \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.1, consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged
+ to en or em dashes by LaTeX.
+ These
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters
+ are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ as
+\emph on
+non-breakable
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Since \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2, consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ in a way that
+ prevents ligation to dashes.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Ligature dashes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters
+ (except in
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font); typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately
+ after the input (unless the current text font is
+\family typewriter
+type
+\family default
+writer).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The behavior was changed since
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lyx --help
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ became
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lyx –help
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in PDF, Postscript, and DVI output.
+ An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output
+ as non-breakable dashes.
+ This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.3 outputs
+\emph on
+breakable
+\emph default
+ dashes by default.
+ When opening documents edited with \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2 or earlier and containing literal dash characters not followed by whitespace,
+ the setting
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Disallow line breaks after dashes
+\family default
+ is active to prevent changes to the line breaks.
+\series bold
+Warning:
+\series default
+ If you used both literal and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ligature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ dashes in pre-\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+2.2 documents, you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as
+ shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Hyphenation
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphenation"
+name "subsec:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+Words are not hyphenated within \SpecialChar LyX
+ but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
babel
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
following the rules of the document language.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does not hyphenate text in the
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font and words immediately preceded or followed by hyphens or dashes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the
-
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
\end_inset
.
- If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
- manually.
+ If \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Point
\family default
.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
- LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ would then see the hyphen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as a hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
- as described in section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ as a line break possibility.
+ A line break at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being broken, you can use a protected hyphen
+ (
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Protected Hyphen
+\family default
+) or put it into a makebox as described in section
+\emph on
Prevent Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
Abbreviations and End of Sentence
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Abbreviations"
+name "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
- automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
+When \SpecialChar LyX
+ calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ to generate the final version of your document, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ automatically
+ distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Thin-Space"
+reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
\family default
found under the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence
It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
will take care of this.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX
+\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
feature described in the section
\emph on
-Checking TeX
+Checking \SpecialChar TeX
+
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
+Quotation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
+Typography ! Quotation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
+Quotation marks | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ usually sets quotation marks correctly.
+ Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted
+ text, and use a closing mark at the end.
For example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
"
\family default
- key produces using the submenu
+ key produces by using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
of the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\end_inset
- dialog in the box
+ dialog and switching the
\family sans
Quote Style
\family default
-.
- There are six choices:
+ (note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language).
+ There are 14
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+choices:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\noindent
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-this
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in the US)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-this
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Germany)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Poland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For single quotes you have to use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "quote-insert single"
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
\end_inset
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+g., in Switzerland)
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-{
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Ligatures"
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Denmark)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
-\end_layout
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
- or the German
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
+ quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligature
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
-Break.
-
-\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX's Proper Names
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Proper names
+g., in Great Britain)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
- characters in different sizes and positions.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the Text appears as proper
- name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- Note the order of the upper- and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the
- following proper names:
+g., in France)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX The name of the game, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-yX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
\end_inset
-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
\end_inset
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+ quotation marks (another style common in France)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case,
+ since these look identical to the inner marks.
+ The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where
+ the inner marks differ).
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX2e
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It is an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
\end_inset
-TeX-3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
-TeX-3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
+g., in Russia)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, for example, in section headings,
- you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word.
- In LyX this will look like
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/LaTeX.png
- scale 80
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
\end_inset
-For more about TeX Code, see section
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
+\end_inset
+
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
\end_inset
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
+\end_inset
+ quotation marks (another style common in Sweden)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- for units use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Space
+Outer
\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
-\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example to show the differences:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+inner
+\family default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
-
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index idx
+g., in Japan)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338376
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fn:cjk-quotes"
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
- of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
- of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
+\change_unchanged
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- specifically to prevent widows and orphans.
- If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\series bold
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-widowpenalty=10000
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
\end_inset
-\backslash
-clubpenalty=10000
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Outer
+\family default
-to the LaTeX preamble of your document to avoid them.
- Some LaTeX books (such as
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+\family sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
\end_inset
-) have more information about the technical details of LaTeX's page break
- mechanism.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+\family sans
+inner
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
\end_inset
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
-\end_layout
+g., in North Korea and China)
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset script superscript
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338410
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fn:cjk-quotes"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338417
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
- a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inner quotation marks
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
+In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks.
+ But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the
+ case (and specifically the British style shows that
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
+outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-(xxx)
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ does not necessarily mean
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
-\end_layout
-
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
-\begin_inset space ~
+).
+ This is why we call them
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
- set in the document settings under
-\family sans
-Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Greyed-out
-\begin_inset space ~
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
-notes
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ as opposed to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is the text
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
+ quotation marks.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output.
-\end_layout
-
+ for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
+scare quotes
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+) can be obtained by means of the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "quote-insert inner"
\end_inset
+ and via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Characters
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent.
+ That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when
+ it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes.
+ This allows you to enter marks of different style.
+ If you check the setting
+\family sans
+Use dynamic quotation marks
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Language
+\family default
+, however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
+ they appear in a special color).
+ These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes).
+ Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in
+ one step (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+g., if your publisher requests a different style).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+Individual quotation marks (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note
-\family default
-.
- Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
+e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be
+ easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a
+ mark.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
+Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
- menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Footnote
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you will see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- a box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
-
\end_inset
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+}
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
- and click on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX according to the document class.
- LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get
- other schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
-\family default
-ey are described in the
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
+ligatures
\emph default
- manual.
+.
+ Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
+ output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marginal
-\begin_inset space ~
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, you will see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with the
-\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-margin
+cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is LyX's representation of your margin
-\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align left
-This is a marginal note.
-\end_layout
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ To break a ligature, use
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ligature
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Break.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
-\end_layout
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For further information about marginal notes see the section
-\emph on
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Notes
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Logos
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Via
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Logos
+\family default
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides the following program logos with special formatting:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ The name of the game.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ The \SpecialChar TeX
+ macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
- or select
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
+ It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
+ world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
+ converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
+: The actual version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
-\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-X options
-\family default
- tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
- In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
- The option
+ for units use the menu
\family sans
-Don't
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-unzip
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-on
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-export
+Space
\family default
- is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual in section
-\emph on
-Graphics Dialog
-\emph default
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
-.
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+half space between number and unit
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Image-Formats"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
+ of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
+ of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX therefore uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
+ly to prevent widows and orphans.
+ If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\series bold
+\backslash
+widowpenalty=10000
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+clubpenalty=10000
+\series default
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of your document to avoid them.
+ Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (such as
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
- (GIF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s page break mechanism.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LyX
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+(xxx)
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-files.
+\end_layout
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
+notes
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-{
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is the text
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.svg
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note
\family default
+.
+ Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Footnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you will see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ a box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnote.png
+ scale 95
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
+ according to the document class.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
+ schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
+\family default
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
+, you will see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with the
\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
+\family roman
+\series medium
+note.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
+\align left
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- We say
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see the section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-can be
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Notes
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
- result will not be scalable.
- In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image.
-\begin_inset Foot
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
-\emph on
-vice versa
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by pressing the button
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
\family sans
-Open
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-new
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+
\end_inset
-group
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
\family default
- in the
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
\family sans
- Graphics
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+file
\family default
- dialog in the
+.
+ The option
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-eX
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-and
+LyX options
+\family default
+ tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ options.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Draft
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+mode
+\family default
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/2D-intensity-plot.pdf
+ scale 70
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+
\end_inset
-X options
-\family default
- tab.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- and checking the name of the desired group.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Tables
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
+name "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here is an example table:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ therefore uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+\begin_layout Standard
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
-\end_layout
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.gif
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
- then choosing
-\family sans
-More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-.
- This brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
- cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to the table dialog, the
-\family sans
-table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-toolbar
-\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Settings
-\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-Cells"
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
-\family sans
-Multicolumn
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Multirow
-\family default
+\end_inset
+
.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+Scalable
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
-\end_layout
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
-\end_layout
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.svg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
-\end_layout
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
-\end_layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
- explained in the chapter
-\emph on
-Tables
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
+Grouping of Image Settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
+Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+A new group can be set by pressing the button
\family sans
-Use
+Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-long
+new
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
+group
\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
+ in the
\family sans
-Header
+ Graphics
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
- except for the first page, if
+ dialog in the
\family sans
-First
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-First
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header
+LyX options
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+ tab.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tables
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Caption
-\family default
-.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Tables"
+
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
-
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
+ or the menu
\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-header
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
\family default
-; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288358
+, and you can select a specific (border) style
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-NAME
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Example Phone List
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Bertoli
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288479
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288540
+This corresponds to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Grid with Head
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ table style listed in the style selection.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288387
+Other available styles include:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288551
+A
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+simple grid
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+ which looks line the above table, but without the first row being separated
+ via double line,
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288764
+a border-less table with no lines at all,
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554289543
+and a so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+formal table
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Cachia
+ as often used in professional publishing with horizontal lines only and
+ bold top/bottom lines (see
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual, section
+\emph on
+Formal Tables
+\emph default
+).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288823
+The default style used in the dialog as well as the style used by the toolbar
+ button can be changed in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text Layout
+\family default
+.
+ So if the default style above is not the one you need, you should alter
+ this setting.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Dialog
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
+\family sans
+More\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In addition to the table dialog, the
+\family sans
+table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
+toolbar
+\family default
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
-\end_layout
+Settings
+\family default
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Concli
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
+ These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ but are visible in the output.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multi-page Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Focarelli
+Tables ! Multi-page
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Multi-page tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Galletti
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
-\end_layout
+multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+table
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
+ Except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Gasparini
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
+.
+ More about multi-page table captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-999
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-End
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
+Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-Cells"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
-\family sans
-Section*
-\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+\series bold
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-6
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is longer now.
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-7
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can even cut and paste more than one row.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
- be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
-
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- Selection with the mouse or with
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Erich
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paolo
+\end_layout
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the current page.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555, 222
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
- the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\series bold
+Radina
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- After the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Stuffer
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- – a gray button with a red label.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oskar
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors
- that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
-
-\end_inset
-
- was created using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert figure"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
- using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
- to the left or right of the image and using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
-\end_inset
-
-).
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 50
- width 50col%
-
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-) and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
- vague references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
- might not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- at all.
- For more about cross-references, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Frieda
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Vieider
+\end_layout
-.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hilde
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- are the subfigures.
+\series bold
+Vigna
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+Jürgen
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Undefinable
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+999
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
+\series bold
+Winkler
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Platypus
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-\end_inset
-
-Two distorted images.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Floats
+Table Cells
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+Tables ! Cells
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert table"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Table-Cells"
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
- the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
- and that the label begins with “tab:”.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is a table float.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A table float.
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Joe
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Mary
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Ted
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+6
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+7
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can even cut and paste more than one row.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
+ be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-More Information
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Details
+Floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
- It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
- float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
- caption.
- All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+float
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-\emph on
-Floats
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
+\family sans
+Footnotes
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+\begin_layout Standard
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
+ the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+Floats ! Captions
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
+-document readable, you can open and close the float box by
+ left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/float.png
+ scale 80
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page,
- called a minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-apply.
-
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
-\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
+You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors
+ that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
+Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+reference "fig:A-star-in"
\end_inset
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+ was created using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ to the left or right of the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 50col%
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:A-star-in"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A star in a float.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
- box type.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+) and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+).
+ It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
+ vague references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
-\end_layout
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
+ not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
-{
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
-}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Star"
+
+\end_inset
+ are the subfigures.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Undefinable
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-mode on"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/3D-structure-distort.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-mode"
\end_inset
-).
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
- Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Star"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Star
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
- in it.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
- paragraph, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Star-structure.pdf
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
\end_inset
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX also supports many LaTeX math commands.
- For example, typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\series bold
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Two-images"
+
\end_inset
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+Two images.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-.
- Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
+Table Floats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
+Floats ! Table floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
-Space
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
+ the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
+ and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Table-float"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is a table float.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Table-float"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A table float.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
+
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
+ a minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+apply.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
+ have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formulas|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-mode"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
+
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ math commands.
+ For example, typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Exponents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Subscripts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
+\end_inset
+
+), but it is often much easier to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ circumflex
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the circumflex and the character.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Fractions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction either with the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or by using the icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Roots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the commands
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ always produces a square root.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Integrals
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
+\end_inset
+
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\end_inset
+
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ by entering them as you would enter a super-
+ or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
+ formulas, as in
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+\end_inset
+
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
+ types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Limits
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Type
+\family default
+ or entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ feature, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Limits
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
+
+ underneath the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+lim
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for an explanation of function macros.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Symbols
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
+ don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Spaces
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides.
+ To do this, press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
+\end_inset
+
+ or use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
+\end_inset
+
+ appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and enter space again several times.
+ With every space enter the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
+, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Functions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
+\end_inset
+
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
+\end_inset
+
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
+ are placed, as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Accents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands, for example, to enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Name
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+grave
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+acute
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+ddot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+tilde
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+dot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+breve
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
-, type
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+check
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+bar
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-2x
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vector
+\end_layout
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+vec
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Shift
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decorations
\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-superscript"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-subscript"
-\end_inset
+.
+ For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
-), but it is often much easier to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
-\end_inset
+ keys.
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+\]
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
-\end_inset
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- circumflex
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
+\family sans
+Keep
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, you have to use an extra
+matched
+\family default
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
\family sans
-Space
+(none)
\family default
- to separate the circumflex and the character.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
-\end_inset
+.
+ It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
+ with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
+ root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
+ is to go inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+.
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
+ enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Arrays
+\end_layout
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
-\series default
-.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction either with the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or by using the icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\frac"
-\end_inset
-
- in the
+Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
+ matrix button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
+\end_inset
+
.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
-\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
\]
\end_inset
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+r
\family default
- buttons
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
-\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\root"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
-.
- With the command
-\series bold
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- always produces a square root.
-\end_layout
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\,column & this\,column\\
+column & has & has\,right\\
+has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
+\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
-
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cases
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
- formulas, as in
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
-\end_inset
+Environment
+\family default
+ or the command
+\series bold
-, versus
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
+.
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Limits
-\begin_inset space ~
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-Type
-\family default
- or entering
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-moving limits
+=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
-\end_layout
-
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further entry of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
-
-\end_inset
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
- underneath the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
-lim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
\series default
.
- Have a look at section
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Functions"
+reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-; you can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
+Whole
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Formula
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+.
+ The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ within parentheses.
+ The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
\end_inset
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or use the
-\family sans
-Math
+This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Line
\family default
- button
+ or the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\space"
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
-.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
-\end_inset
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
- appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and enter space again several times.
- With every space enter the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Space
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
+) when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended that you use the suggested
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
\family sans
-Space
+eq:
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Functions"
-
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Reference
\family default
- contains under the button
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\functions"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
+).
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+).
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\begin_layout Standard
+The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s cross-reference box are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
-.
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
+\family sans
+Del
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Macros
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
- are placed, as described in section
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands, for example, to enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
+, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
+placement document
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
-
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+\end_inset
+
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-grave
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-acute
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-ddot
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-tilde
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted 5863344 1592055455">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathds{DOUBLESTROKE}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055455
\series bold
\backslash
-dot
+mathds
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-breve
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-check
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row change="inserted -131811572 1591595416">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416
+
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathscr{SCRIPT}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595416
\series bold
\backslash
-bar
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+mathscr
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\hat"
-\end_inset
-
- in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\change_inserted 5863344 1592055666
+, Double stroke
+\change_deleted -131811572 1591595671
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For some purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1591595667
+,
+\family sans
+Script
+\family default
+
+\change_unchanged
+and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-.
- For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here is an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
- Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and the expression on the right was entered using the
-\family typewriter
-()
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
\family default
- keys.
-
+ denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
- that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
- inside.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can, for example, put a character in
\family sans
-Keep
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-matched
+Fraktur
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown as TeX code.
- If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+ in a box for
\family sans
-(none)
+Typewriter
\family default
-.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
- root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
- is to go inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
- braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
- For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
- enter
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-delim ( )"
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
-\end_layout
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- matrix button
+ button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
-.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
\family sans
-l
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\family sans
-r
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\family sans
-c
+scriptscriptstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ For most characters,
\family sans
-c
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ thinks are appropriate.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
-
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-lcr
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\,column & this\,column\\
-column & has & has\,right\\
-has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Environment
+Style
\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
-
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further entry of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AMS math
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
- in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! AMS
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
+ that are in common use.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
+ the document by
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600338725
+ setting
+\family sans
+Load always
\family default
+ for
+\series bold
+amsmath
\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:asquared"
+ and
+\series bold
+amssymb
+\series default
+ packages
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600338685
+selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- The other types are described in section
+math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+package
+\change_unchanged
+
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Options
+\family default
.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a selection of different formula types.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "AMS"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
+, for an explanation of these formula types.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Whole
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+One of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s strengths is cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
-Formula
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
-.
- The formula number appears in LyX within parentheses.
- The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-This
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- or the shortcut
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+.
+ A gray label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/label.png
\end_inset
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+enu:Second-item
\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended that you use the suggested
+.
+ The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-eq:
+enu:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
- label type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
+ stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
+enumerate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
-
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
+ example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
+ will be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross
-\begin_inset space ~
+sec:
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Reference
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
\family default
- (toolbar button
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
-).
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+.
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/reference.png
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
+As an alternative to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
- press
-\family sans
-Del
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
-\end_layout
+described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are eight formats of cross-references:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
-\family sans
-Math
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
+
\end_inset
-, or enter its command, listed in table
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
-, directly.
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
+ is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
+ if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
+ the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
+ it prints “on the next page”.
+ The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+<reference>
+\family default
+\series default
+; otherwise it behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+<page>
+\family default
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ installed.
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
+\family sans
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+\family default
+ in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class
+\family default
+.
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+format
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) can be done for
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ with this command:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-mathrm
-\end_layout
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+Note that neither
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ nor
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+predefines reference formats for all available types.
+ This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem'
+ environments.
+ So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then
+ you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
+ For
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+, you might do so as follows:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+format{prop}{Proposition
+\backslash
+ref{#1}}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at
+ the package documentation
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+The options
+\family sans
+Plural
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Capitalized
+\family default
+ will be available with formatted references only if you are using the
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbf
+refstyle
+\series default
+ package.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "fig:Two-images"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Label
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ label for the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand labelonly
+reference "fig:Two-images"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathit
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code, if you want to issue a command
+ that \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not support.
+ If you are using
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+, then you may want to use the
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+Prefix
+\family default
+ option, which will output only the part of the reference following the
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ separator.
+ This is the form needed for e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathtt
+refstyle
+\series default
+'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document
+ part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
+ce.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbb
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757593
+(Ctrl-clicking on a cross-reference will also take you to its corresponding
+ label.)
+\change_unchanged
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Back
+\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathfrak
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757706
+ or, using the menu: Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Navigate Back
+\change_unchanged
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to
+\change_deleted -584632292 1599757720
+think about this
+\change_inserted -584632292 1599757724
+change them all manually
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ “BROKEN”
+ in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
+ of the reference.
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in the section
\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+Referencing Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathcal
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-mathsf
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Outline
\family default
- and
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
-Calligraphic
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Outline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Pane
\family default
+ that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here is an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can, for example, put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
+Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
+ of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+URLs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyperlinks
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:URLs"
+
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+URL
\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
+'s homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+
+https://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-mode
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
\family default
- of the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
+\end_layout
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-.
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
--x & \mbox{under Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
-\end_layout
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Hyperlink
\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
+\end_inset
+
.
- For most characters,
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
-textstyle
+Target
\family default
and
\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
+Name
\family default
.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
-e.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\style"
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "https://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
+, or a link to a file.
+ The option
\family sans
-textstyle
+Literal
\family default
-, larger in
+ in the hyperlink settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Name
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+ field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
-\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
- is set in a particular size with the menu
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-Style
-\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "https://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
-largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
+
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588303457
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
+
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588303474
+Counters
\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+Counters
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Counters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -584632292 1602541139
+One powerful feature of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is its ability to manage counters.
+ Mostly, this is handled automatically, but there are times one wants to
+ modify counters directly.
+ This can be done in LyX using the counter inset, which is accessible from
+ the Edit menu.
+ This allows one to set a counter's value; to reset it (to zero);
+\begin_inset Foot
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
- the document by selecting the checkbox
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -584632292 1602541231
+Note that the section counter, e.g., starts with its value at zero and then
+ is incremented to one when the first section is created.
+ So, if you want the next section to be section five, say, then you need
+ to set the section counter to four.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
+ to add to the value (or subtract from it, since the value added can be
+ negative); to save it; to restore the saved value; and to print the value.
+ These effects can also be limited to LyX itself.
+ And they will appear in HTML and DocBook output, as well as in LaTeX.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529162
+There are five commands you can use:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-Options
-\family default
-.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529167
+Set counter: Allows you to assign a specific value to a counter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529177
+Increase counter: Allows you to add some specified amount to a counter (or
+ to subtract, if you choose a negative number)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529180
+Reset to zero: Sets the value of the counter to 0.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529184
+Save value of counter: Saves the value of the counter so that it can later
+ be restored.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588529187
+Restore value of counter: Restores the previously saved value.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "AMS"
-
-\end_inset
-, for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -584632292 1588374230
+The dialog allows you to choose which counter you wish to modify from all
+ those that are available in the current document class.
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
+Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+Appendices are created with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Start
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Second item
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix part of the book.
+ This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A gray label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+; Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-enu:
-\family default
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
- example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
- will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document.
+ You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Bibliography
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+, which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A gray cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+).
+ If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
+ this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than
+ a handful of references, then you should seriously consider
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+using a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we
+ use two bibliographies in this document, a
\family sans
-enu:Second-item
+Bibliography
\family default
+ environment and a database-generated bibliography.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things,
+ from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As an alternative to
+Within the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Bibliography
\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
-Copy as Reference
+Key
\family default
-.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
+ and a
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paste
+Label
\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paste"
-\end_inset
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting
+ of ASCII characters only.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-).
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ASCII means
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this set"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set"
+literal "false"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ of characters:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and
+ we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
- line breaks between them.
+If you set a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ for the entry, references to it will appear with this label instead of
+ the number of the entry.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the
+
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six formats of cross-references:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
+You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ containing the available citations.
+ Select one or more keys from the list and
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ them.
+ Then press
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
+ If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+\begin_layout Standard
+Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the
+ bibliography entry with surrounding brackets.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Equation
+Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at the
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-\end_inset
+ package
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ In order to do so,
+\change_deleted -712698321 1555659455
+the label needs to be given the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
+Author(Year)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
- is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
- if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
- the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
- it prints “on the next page”.
- The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
-\end_layout
+Author A and Author B(Year)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
+
+\emph on
+without
+\emph default
+ a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits
+ the year.
+ Then, if you
+\change_unchanged
+select
+\family sans
+Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+(BibTeX)
+\family default
+ in the document settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-page
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+format
+\family default
+ (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Citation-Format"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
+)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660530
+.
+ Once you have done that, the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ dialog has three input fields instead of the
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ field:
+\family sans
+ Author Names
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Year
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+All Author Names
+\family default
+.
+ The first one takes the Author list as it should be displayed in the citation
+ reference, the second the year (without parentheses).
+ These two are madatory.
+ If there are multiple authors and you want to both refer to them as a full
+ list (
+\emph on
+Baker, Jones, and Williams
+\emph default
+) and in abrreviated form (
+\emph on
+Baker et al.
+\emph default
+)
+\change_unchanged
+,
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660544
+ add the abbreviated form to
+\family sans
+Author Names
+\family default
+ and the full list to the optional
+\family sans
+All Author Names
+\family default
+ field.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555659886
+If specified like this,
+\change_unchanged
+you can select between different author-year or author-number styles
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660646
+ in the
\family sans
-\series bold
-<reference>
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
\family default
-\series default
-; otherwise it behaves like
+ dialog, and if
\family sans
-\series bold
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+All Author Names
+\family default
+ is specified, toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
+All authors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-<page>
-\family default
-\series default
+ in the citation dialog or the citation context menu will switch between
+ full and abbreviated list
+\change_unchanged
.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1555660793
+ Note that the author and year specified in the dialog are only used for
+ the citation references.
+ In the bibliography entry, author and year must be added manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
+\begin_layout Standard
+To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
+ label via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
+).
+ All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
- installed.
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
- the option
-\family sans
-Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
-\family default
- in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Document Class
-\family default
-.
- The package
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
- is the default and preferred because
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- supports only English documents.
- The format is specified by using the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-newrefformat
-\series default
- (prettyref) or
-\series bold
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-newref
-\series default
- (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
- For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
- shortcut
+\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-fig
+.bib
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) can be done with this command
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
+ and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+literal "true"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
-\backslash
-pageref{#1}}}
-\series default
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
-,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "prettyref,refstyle"
+https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document.
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases
+ for a long time.
+ It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing
+ styles available.
+ But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi
+c needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
+ Those are addressed by
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
-reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+ It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (although it has been significantly
+ extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+'s scope)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Meaning: While
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ might conversely fail to correctly
+ handle databases that use specific
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ features.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+, but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references
+ from it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
+To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ should be used, set in the document settings (menu
\family sans
-Format
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
-ce.
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
+\end_inset
+
+ under
\family sans
-<reference>
+Bibliography
\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+ the
\family sans
-<page>
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+format
\family default
- is always possible.
+ to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or a
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ format.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
+To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, use the menu
\family sans
-Go
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select
+ a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-Label
+\family sans
+ style
\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+ file.
+ The option
\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Add bibliography to TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
-Back
+\change_inserted -712698321 1530969762
+ The
+\family sans
+Encoding
\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "bookmark-goto 0"
-\end_inset
+ drop box lets you specify the encoding of the database(s), should this
+ differ from the encoding of the document.
+\change_unchanged
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to think about this.
-\end_layout
+The Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in LyX
- “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output
- instead of the reference.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in the section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+ In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style
+\family sans
+alphadin.bst
+\family default
+, which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards
+ Institute (DIN).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Biblatex
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
+Bibliography ! Biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Accessing a database via
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+: Use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ you cannot select a
+\family sans
+style
+\family default
+ file
+\change_inserted -712698321 1531045799
+ at this place
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1531045867
+ As for the styles, note the following.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with
+ the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+.bbx
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style
+ file (text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
+
\family sans
-Outline
+.cbx
\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
- to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) controls the look of the citation references in the text.
+ Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching
+ styles.
+ It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography
+ style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ styles are not set in the
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Outline
+Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Pane
+Bibliography
\family default
- that is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ dialog, but in the document settings.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:The-Outliner"
+\end_inset
+
+ However, in the dialog in the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field, which is only visible if you use
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+, you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for
+ example how its heading will appear).
+ These options are described in detail in the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ manual,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bibliography Processors
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses a bibliography processor,
+ that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations
+ and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
+ The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag
+e that it has severe limitations, due to its age.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
- of contents.
- You can insert them via the
+Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these
+ limitations.
+ LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor.
+ You can do this on a general level in
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+ or for individual documents in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are available by default:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_layout Description
+biber a specific, modern processor
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biber
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+ developed exclusively for
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ (it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+!).
+
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+ provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ makes use of; if you use the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ approach, it is strongly recommended to use
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies due to the limited memory.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:URLs"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding
+ (but no Unicode support), larger memory than
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+, works with all bibliography packages, although more complex
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ features are supported.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default (with the
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ set in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ and with
+\family sans
+Automatic
+\family default
+ as setting for the
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+), \SpecialChar LyX
+ selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography
+ approach (
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+ for
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+,
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+ for Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+-based bibliography styles).
+ This should suit most needs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used.
+ By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (in \SpecialChar LyX
+
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
+pbibtex
+\family default
+), a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ variant specifically aimed at Japanese.
+ You can adjust it in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.lyx.org
-\end_layout
+Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you
+ can add below the selection.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
+ of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX,biber"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Customizing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
-\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple
+ bibliographies.
+ These are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Biblatex
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1598273348
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Citation Format
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
+Bibliography ! Citation format
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyperlinks"
+name "subsec:Citation-Format"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyperlink
-\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "href-insert"
+Many different citation formats are common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
-\family sans
-Target
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Name
-\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
-
+numerical citation (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
-\end_layout
+1
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
- adding the prefix
+ like in this document), alpha-numerical citations (as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Mil08
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-run:
-\family default
+) or author-year citations (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Miller (2008a)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to the link target.
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style
+ files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+By default a simple numeric citation style is used.
+ In
\family sans
-\series bold
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\end_inset
+
+ you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred bibliography
+ approach.
+ With the
\family sans
-Color links
+Bibliography
\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+ environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography
+ labels, is there to use
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+(BibTeX)
+\family default
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
+
\series default
+as
+\family sans
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+format
+\family default
+ which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-to the field
+ for details).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With a bibliography database (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) one has in contrary to the
\family sans
-Additional options
+Bibliography
\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+ environment full access to the formatting styles.
+ These style formats are available:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Basic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+(BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+-based approached without any additional packages
+ (simple numeric citations).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex loads the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ and lets you select a style in the dropdown boxes
+\family sans
+Biblatex citation style
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Biblatex bibliography style
+\family default
+ below.
+ Options to the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ can be entered in the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Appendix
+(natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Here
+mode) loads the package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ with the natbib compatibility mode.
+ This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that
+ uses
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+ or want to emulate
+\family sans
+the
\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix part of the book.
- This part is marked with a red borderline.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+ behavior very closely.
+ Compared to normal
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ this option has some additional styles.
+ All
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ styles are also supported by this variant.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
+\begin_layout Description
+Jurabib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(BibTeX) loads the package
+\series bold
+jurabib
+\series default
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Credits"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! jurabib
+\end_layout
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(BibTeX) loads the package
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ which provides citation styles particularly suited for the humanities.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+The
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical
+ citation styles.
+ You have to select one style in the dropdown box
+\family sans
+Variant
+\family default
+.
+ Note that for the
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ formats, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ workarea.
+ Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as
+ alpha-numerical depends only on the selected
+\family sans
+Biblatex citation style
+\family default
+.
+ However, when switching between Author-year and Author-number, a suitable
+ style is proposed.
+ With
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+, on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the
+ style.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
+\begin_layout Standard
+For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants
+ are available in the
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase
+ a name prefix such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
+van Beethoven
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ (to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Van Beethoven
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
+use or don't use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+et al.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
- this document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
+).
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
+In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation
+ reference, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+with or without
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
+pp.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as the key.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
+).
+ The option
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
+Literal
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
+ in the citation dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
+ code to the fields
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- containing the available citations.
- Select one or more keys from the list and
-\family sans
-Add
+before
\family default
- them.
- Then press
+ and
\family sans
-OK
-\family default
-.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
- If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
- the reference.
-\end_layout
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
-\family sans
-Label
+after
\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+.
+ Here is a simple example where the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Credits
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
+ appears after the reference:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
-\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
-\family default
-:
+\begin_layout Quote
+Have a look at
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
-
+All styles except for
+\family sans
+Basic (BibTeX)
+\family default
+ also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+cf.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+).
+ This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires
+ this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
- label via the menu
+Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation.
+ So if you refer to multiple references at once, the prenote will precede
+ the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the last.
+ Some
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a
+ multi-citation (so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
+qualified citation lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
- All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports this.
+ If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple
+ items the
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ dialog will display three columns in the field
+\family sans
+Selected Citations
+\family default
+:
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
-\end_layout
+before
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cite
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+key
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+after
+\family default
+.
+ If you double-click on an item's
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+before
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
+after
+\family default
+ field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
+ In the
+\family sans
+General text before
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+General text after
+\family default
+ fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509964
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+name "subsec:Opening-cited-documents"
\end_inset
+Opening cited documents from within \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
- them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509000
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports opening documents selected citations point to via the
+\family sans
+Try
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
- the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
- list for that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-.bib
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
-
+Citation
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- and in the LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+Content\SpecialChar ldots
-\end_inset
+\family default
+ context menu if specific conditions are met:
+\end_layout
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526971
+If citation entries include any of the fields
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+url
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
+ or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+doi
+\change_unchanged
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-eX
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can add one or more databases and select a
-\family sans
-style
-\family default
- file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
-\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
-\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
-\end_layout
+ for BibTeX and BibLaTeX,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+eprint
+\change_unchanged
-\family sans
-.bst
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
+ for BibLaTeX (covering arXiv, JSTOR, PubMed, HDL, Google Books
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information on how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+eprinttype
+\change_unchanged
-.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+), the action will launch a web browser with the appropriate link.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the
-\family sans
-Processor
-\family default
- either in
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bibliography
-\family default
- or in
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509157
+If citation entries include any of the fields
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+file
+\change_unchanged
-eX
-\family default
-.
- The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work
- with other bibliography packages (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+ (filled by JabRef) or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-natbib
-\series default
-), only with the package
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\series default
-; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
- letters
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
- that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
- with all bibliography packages, except
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598508820
+localfile
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding,
- larger memory than
-\family sans
-bibtex
-\family default
-, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
- of the variants.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
- of
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
-
\end_inset
-.
+ (filled by KBibTeX) containing an URL that points to a file on your local
+ drive, the action will launch an appropriate file viewer.
+ At the moment only absolute paths are accepted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598526494
+In addition to that, \SpecialChar LyX
+ also searches your disk for matching files if you
+ enable
\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
+Search drive for cited files
\family default
- in the
+ in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bibliography
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar ldots
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Control
\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with BibTeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
+.
+ It uses the tokens supplied at
\family sans
-alphadin.bst
+Pattern
\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+ in the same preferences section (by default: year and authors).
+ Any of the tokens in the pattern must occur in the title of the file (at
+ arbitrary position).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ opens the first matching file it finds.
+ This might or might not be the file you are looking for; the more systematic
+ your file naming is, and the less ambiguous keywords you use, the greater
+ the chance this works for you.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586
+The pattern syntax uses specific keywords.
+ These are basically Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ fields (such as
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598527586
+title
+\change_unchanged
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
- the citation reference window.
- Here is an example where the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) embraced in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- appears after the reference:
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509565
+%
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+, but there are also special keys, which are documented in the Customization
+ manual, sec.
+
+\emph on
+Cite format description
+\emph default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
An index entry is created if you use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as the index entry.
+ by \SpecialChar LyX
+ as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX
+-boxes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
+ For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s index mechanism, have a look at one of
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
+reference "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+reference "subsec:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+reference "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code.
The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
- You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
+ You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ the entry order.
See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
- sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
- after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
- index commands start with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
-\backslash
-index
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand*{
-\backslash
-index}[1]{
-\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Index Entry Layout
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command without a backslash.
We can write for example
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
+ Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special case
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+ to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+to generate the index, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Index-Program"
+name "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\family sans
xindy
\family default
- is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
+ is installed, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-, the program that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
+, the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution, is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences
dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+key "makeindex-man,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+ given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or the options in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
\end_inset
next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
that add this feature.
- LyX uses the
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the
\series bold
splitidx
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
package to generate multiple indexes.
- The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
+ The package is included in all recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distributions.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
+If yours does not ship it, consult the \SpecialChar TeX
+ catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
.
- Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
- includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ style, but it also includes
+ specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+To set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for the use of multiple indexes, go to
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
and select the option
\family default
button.
The new index now also appears in the list.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
- index.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX
+ label color to the new index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
list in
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References
\family default
and the
\family sans
\begin_layout Itemize
By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Subindex.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\family sans
+Subindex
+\family default
+.
If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading
is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can
thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+The option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ allows to use \SpecialChar TeX
+ code in the name of the index.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Nomenclature/Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the LaTeX package
+To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
nomencl
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
- You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+ You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
+ catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
and then use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
N
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+ To use \SpecialChar TeX
+ code for nomenclature entries the option
+\family sans
+Literal
+\family default
+ in the nomenclature dialog has to be used.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
- field as LaTeX-formulas.
+ field as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ formulas.
For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
character starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
+ The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with
+ a backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+(A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
Style
\family default
- dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ dialog to format the description text; you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To customize the appearance of all symbols add e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomlabel}[1]{
+\backslash
+textsf{
+\backslash
+textbf{#1}}}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings.
+ This command will make the font of all symbols
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ and
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Standard
If the characters |
\begin_inset space \space{}
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
- a quote character in front of them.
+should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX
+ code they need to be escaped
+ by adding a quote character in front of them.
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
-description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '"
+description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' \"\" '."
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-code of the symbol
+ definition.
This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in
formulas.
Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+literal "false"
\end_inset
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
class options list in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- are automatically translated for some document languages.
- If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
+ are automatically translated for most document languages.
+ If not, add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+
\backslash
-eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
+unskip, see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size default
+
\backslash
-pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
+unskip, page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
-\series default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the numbers should be hyperlinks, assure that you use
+\family sans
+Hyperref
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Support
+\family default
+ in the document settings under
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Properties
+\family default
+ and use instead:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-and replace
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-see equation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\backslash
+unskip, see
+\backslash
+hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}(#1)}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- by their translation.
+
+\backslash
+unskip,
+\backslash
+hyperlink{page.#1}{page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
To print the nomenclature, use the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lists/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/Contents/References\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
\begin_layout Standard
-\family roman
\series bold
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+AtBeginDocument{
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsenglish{
+\backslash
+def
\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+nomname{List of Symbols}}}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you are using another document language than English, replace
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+captionsenglish
+\series default
+ by
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+extras***
+\series default
+, where *** is the name of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
- LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+, that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
\family sans
makeindex
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
+For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to put text into branches.
The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
To create a branch, either select the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert New Branch
\family default
(if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog to
\family default
, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
- its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
+ its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX
+ and whether the name of the branch should
be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
(see below for an example).
Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch
\family default
where you can choose a branch.
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+
+\series bold
+Question:
+\series default
+ Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+
+\series bold
+Answer:
+\series default
+ Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branches
\family default
, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
if both branches were active.
This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case
+ the branch is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ activated.
+ This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document.
+ To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset
+ button and choose
+\family sans
+Invert
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Inset
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+No answer:
+\series default
+ Because the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ branch is deactivated.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
+ like inside equations, you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ definitions for each branch.
For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-syntax, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+question{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
and
\series bold
\backslash
-answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+answer{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
commands to obtain conditional output.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
+any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands.).
For this advanced usage, see the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual, section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your
document.
- All these options are provided by the LaTeX-package
+ All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced
part of the document.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
header
\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
- title and author entries.
+ is set, \SpecialChar LyX
+ tries to extract the header information from your document title
+ and author entries.
The option
\family sans
Load
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ Code and the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Syntax
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code Boxes
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ Code Boxes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Code
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
+As \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ in the background, it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands and constructs,
+ but not all.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is a LaTeX-package for every problem, though LyX cannot support all packages
- and their commands.
+ is a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package for every problem, though \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot support all packages and
+ their commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+But don't worry, you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command directly in \SpecialChar LyX
+ inside the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code
+ box.
+ A \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Te
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
- Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the LaTeX-command
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
+ text.
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The LyX way would be to use a framed box.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
fbox{
\series default
- in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
+ in a \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box before the word and the closing brace
\series bold
}
\series default
- in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
- The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
- the following example:
+ in a second \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box behind the word.
+ The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the
+ following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
+ scale 95
\end_inset
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
+ At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-A Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+A Short Introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Syntax
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+ about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands that \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses in the background.
+ Because \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is based on commands, you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
+Now \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package database,
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
is what you need.
To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+All \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
+ To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command in text, use the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box as described in the previous
+ section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
+If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and its syntax, have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-books
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
-LyX's user guide
+\SpecialChar LyX
+'s user guide
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
.
As a second step add in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
the module
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
+\emph on
Custom Header/Footerlines
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-styles:
+environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
for the different positions in the header/footer.
+ These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement h
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
- the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
+ the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define your header line, add all three header styles.
- The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things
- in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
+To define your header line, add all three header environments.
+ The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the
+ things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
can be omitted.
- If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears
+ in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
- as TeX code (menu
+For the definition, you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code
+ (menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Te
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
- The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
- a new part or chapter in your book.
+ The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does
+ any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\begin_layout Standard
where thickness is a size in standard units like
\family sans
+\emph on
pt
\family default
+\emph default
or
\family sans
+\emph on
mm
\family default
+\emph default
.
If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
- If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
+The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
- this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
- However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
- text line.
- To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
+ this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of
+ one text line.
+ To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ length
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
footheight
\series default
- in this entry in
+ with this entry in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where height is a size in standard units.
- If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
- your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
- Then open the LaTeX logfile with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-La
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+where
+\series bold
+height
+\series default
+ is a size in standard units (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+1cm
+\series default
+).
+ If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your
+ header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
+ Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ logfile with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TeX Log
+Log
\family default
and use the button
\family sans
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
-LyX's user guide
+\SpecialChar LyX
+'s user guide
\family default
\series default
\color inherit
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
- fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly
+ so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+To get previews working, you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
preview
\series default
) installed.
- If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
-
+ If it is not already installed, you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
+-catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-system.
You obtain prettier results if you install the program
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
- package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
- automatically installed together with LyX.
+ package; for \SpecialChar LyX
+ on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package are automatically
+ installed together with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
- LaTeX, activate the option
+If you would for example like to see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
+ activate the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\family default
in the
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog under
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
Display
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by LaTeX,
+If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
+,
set
\family sans
Instant
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
+Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX
+ and when you finish
editing an inset.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
- for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
- that are not yet supported by LyX.
+ for example things that \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot render like rotated parts or things that
+ are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preview
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
+An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command
\series bold
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
- which is not yet supported by LyX.
+ which is not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\end_inset
- Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
- boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
- text.
+ Instead of the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ the final rotated boxes,
+ for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text.
Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
boxes into it.
Here is the result:
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Standard
Previewing works also for colors.
- In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
- command
+ In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command
+
\series bold
\backslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
- above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
- that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
- by the TeX Code.
- If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
- to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
- So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
- preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
- whole document.
+If \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
+ above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code in the preview inset is valid and that
+ you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages in your document preamble that are required by
+ the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code.
+ If \SpecialChar LyX
+ cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able to
+ view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+ So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code and don't know if it is correct, the preview
+ inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-LaTeX source code
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
+You can preview the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source of the whole document or parts of it.
Use the menu
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Source
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pane
\family default
- and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-source code.
The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor
currently sits.
- You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
- selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window, then only this selection
+ (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
the source view window.
If you check
\family sans
Automatic update
\family default
-, you can see the changes as you make them in LyX; but note that if you
- have several documents open, this will slow things down as LyX updates
- them all, not just the one which is open at the time.
+, you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX
+; but note that if you have
+ several documents open, this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX
+ updates them all,
+ not just the one which is open at the time.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
- format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
+The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows for searching of complex,
+ format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents.
It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
The key-features are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find & Replace
\noun on
(
\family sans
Find
\family default
- LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
on the
\family sans
Find
When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can replace with fully-featured formatted LyX entries.
+You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX
+ entries.
Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention
two):
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
editor.
This is done with the context menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert Regular Expression
\family default
while the cursor is in the
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
+Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX
+
segment, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
- to match expressions.
+when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to
+ match expressions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has a built-in spell checker.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ has a built-in spell checker.
The menu
\family sans
- Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
, the
By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
that is set in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
a different one at the top of the dialog.
- LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the
\family sans
Text
\end_inset
) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
- LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All spell-checker dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here:
+All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX
+ can be downloaded from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
+https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-files into LyX's installation subfolder
+files into \SpecialChar LyX
+'s installation subfolder
\family sans
~
\backslash
\backslash
dicts
\family default
- and restart LyX.
+ and restart \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
you can set the following things:
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX
+ should use for spell checking.
Depending on your platform,
\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
or
hunspell
\family default
is available.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ on Mac
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+OS can also use Mac's own spellchecker and will use it by default.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+language If this field is not empty, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will always use the given language
for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides a multilingual thesaurus.
It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
(namely the
\family sans
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+target "https://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
- thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
- Therefore, LyX is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries,
+ thesaurus library, which is included in \SpecialChar LyX
+).
+ Therefore, \SpecialChar LyX
+ is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries,
which are available for many languages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
- the use with LyX.
+ the use with \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.idx
+th_en_US_v2.idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.dat
+th_en_US_v2.dat
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
OpenOffice
\family default
and its thesaurus installed, these files should be already on your system
- and you just need to point LyX (in
+ and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX
+ (in
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paths\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
or similar.
On the Mac, the default location is
\family typewriter
-/Users\SpecialChar \slash{}
-<user name>\SpecialChar \slash{}
-Library\SpecialChar \slash{}
-Application Support\SpecialChar \slash{}
-libreoffice\SpecialChar \slash{}
-<version>\SpecialChar \slash{}
+/Users\SpecialChar breakableslash
+<user name>\SpecialChar breakableslash
+Library\SpecialChar breakableslash
+Application Support\SpecialChar breakableslash
+libreoffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
+<version>\SpecialChar breakableslash
user
\family default
/.
\end_inset
On Windows, you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation
- during the LyX installation process, which will then be installed in the
- correct place right away.
+ during the \SpecialChar LyX
+ installation process, which will then be installed in the correct
+ place right away.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to install new\SpecialChar \slash{}
+If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash
further thesaurus dictionaries, you can downloaded
them from here:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyxsvn/dictionaries/trunk/thes/
+https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/
\end_layout
\end_inset
To install a new dictionary, download the two files for this dictionary
into the thesaurus path (which is set in
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paths\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
-) and restart LyX.
+) and restart \SpecialChar LyX
+.
If this path is not defined yet, you can use a dictionary of your choice
- and point LyX there.
+ and point \SpecialChar LyX
+ there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Alternatively, you can also install new dictionaries via
\family sans
-LibreOffice\SpecialChar \slash{}
+LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
OpenOffice
\family default
or, on Linux, via your package manager (look for
libreoffice-thesaurus-*
\emph default
packages).
- If you do this, make sure that LyX is able to find the installed dictionaries,
+ If you do this, make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
+ is able to find the installed dictionaries,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
that
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paths\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
To start the thesaurus, use the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\family default
or the toolbar button
You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
The color depends on the author that made the change.
You can change the color in
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
feel
\family default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Colors
\end_inset
- The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
- the cursor is in changed text.
+ The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s status bar when the
+ cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
+When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX
+:
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Merge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To show the changes made in the output you need the LaTeX package
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1577206802
+To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
installed.
- You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+ You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
+ Catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-system.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+You can compare two different \SpecialChar LyX
+ files via the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Compare
\family default
.
- The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
- the differences.
- In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
- take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
+ The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX
+ file with change tracking enabled showing the
+ differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX
+ should take
+ the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
\family sans
Copy
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
+This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
+ with any language you want.
For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set
- up LyX to use them:
+ up \SpecialChar LyX
+ to use them:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"
+key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
+Besides languages, \SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports phonetic symbols, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Special-Character"
+reference "subsec:Special-Character"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog lets you set
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
- you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
+ you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ export.
The option
\family sans
Language
Keyboard mapping configuration
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
- use an Italian keymap.
+ For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure \SpecialChar LyX
+ to use
+ an Italian keymap.
The
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Keyboard/Mouse
\family default
dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
+reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
\end_inset
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553353209
+ Furthermore, templates can provide text structures and fragments for recurring
+ writing tasks.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352812
+Open Example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352848
+This menu entry gives you quick access to all \SpecialChar LyX
+ example files.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Close
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352868
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352875
+Save As Template
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352904
+Saves the document in the appropriate templates directory for later use
+ as a template.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
-Version Control in LyX
+Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
- NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
- (CSV).
- The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
+Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX
+ versions, HTML files, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files, NoWeb
+ files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files (CSV).
+ The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX
+ document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Export
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Export"
+name "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
You can export your document to various file formats.
- The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
+ The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
+ file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
- They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
+ They depend on the programs found by \SpecialChar LyX
+ during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX
-yX format of the special LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into LyX.
+ Since \SpecialChar LyX
+ 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s native DVI-format.
This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
files paths or file names in your document.
- LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the usage of special characters or spaces
in files paths or file names
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX) DVI-format using the program
+(Lua
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+) DVI-format using the program
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
-; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts;
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(
\family default
-LuaT
+Lua
\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+TeX)
\family default
-eX
-\family sans
-)
-\family default
-text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
- text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
+ text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source, additionally all images used in the document
will be converted to a format that is readable by the
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(plain)
\family default
- text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
- document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
- by the
+ text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source code, additionally all images used in the document
+ will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable by the
+
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(
\family default
-XeT
+Xe
\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-eX
-\family sans
-)
+TeX)
\family default
-text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
-XeTeX
+Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
(La
\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+TeX
\family default
-TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
- music notation software
+) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source and also code in the syntax of the music notation
+ software
\family typewriter
LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-L
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-yX
+LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (e.
+z.y.x \SpecialChar LyX
+-Document in a format readable by the \SpecialChar LyX
+ versions z.y.x (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-"LyX
+"\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-L
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family default
-yX
+LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
- to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
+ to compile it (images, child documents, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ files, etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-L
-\family sans
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+LyXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialChar LyX
+'s internal XHTML engine
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+MS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+Word
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Office
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with
+\family sans
+Microsoft Word
\family default
-yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with
\family sans
LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
-, etc.
- (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
- all cases)
+, etc..
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(tex4ht) OpenDocument file.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
+(LuaTeX)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
+(XeTeX)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
-XeTeX
+Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
PostScript format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
+\family default
+; for possible
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ options see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:General-output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
- programming language
+Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ source and also code in the statistical programming
+ language
\family typewriter
R
\family default
\family typewriter
R
\family default
--commands in LaTeX
+-commands in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
- is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
+ is missing, you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Print
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
- format or send it to a printer.
- The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
- The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
- program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- For more information have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
- Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
- prefix, see section
+ Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX
+'s PATH prefix,
+ see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
.
The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
- The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
+ The format can be changed in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s preferences as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Converters"
+reference "subsec:Converters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
+Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756612
Text Style
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525756612
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family default
in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
dialog.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756614
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756624
+Text Properties
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table.
- It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
- of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and
- Math
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756615
+This sub-menu provides several ways to customize the appearance of text
+ passages.
+ You can
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
- a formula.
- Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
- The properties of tables are described in section
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756657
+Customize text properties by means of the
+\family sans
+Text Properties
+\family default
+ dialog (via
+\family sans
+Customize\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\family default
+; this is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Tables"
+reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
-, the properties of formulas in chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756942
+Apply the last settings done in this dialog via
+\family sans
+Apply last settings
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
-.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756615
+Change the casing of selected text (
+\family sans
+Capitalize
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Uppercase
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Lowercase
+\family default
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Increase/Decrease List Depth
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756641
+Custom Text Styles
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
- be nested.
- They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525756787
+This sub-menu only appears the document class or a module provides custom
+ text styles (in the case of this document:
+\family sans
+Code
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Strong
+\family default
+, provided by the
+\family sans
+Logical Markup
+\family default
+ module).
+ See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Nesting"
+reference "subsec:Custom-Character-Styles"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+ for details.
+\change_unchanged
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table and Rows & Columns
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table.
+ It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
+ of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+Dissolve Inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Start New Environment/Start New Parent Environment
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset.
+ It will dissolve this inset.
+ This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
+ text.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Settings or Math
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menus are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environme
-nts of the same type.
- See section
+This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula.
+ Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Increase/Decrease List Depth
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can
+ be nested.
+ They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Separate-Nestings"
+reference "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
- for an explanation.
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Opens a window showing console messages.
- This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
+ This is useful for debugging \SpecialChar LyX
+ (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
- while LaTeX is processing the document.
+ while \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Toolbars
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Toolbars"
+name "subsec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
+In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different
+ toolbars.
All toolbars and the
\family sans
Command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
+\SpecialChar LyX
+'s toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Half
\family default
- will split LyX's main window vertically while
+ will split \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window vertically while
\family sans
Split
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
so that you will see nothing but your text.
- It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
+ It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window fullscreen.
To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
\end_layout
Special Character
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Special-Character"
+name "subsec:Special-Character"
\end_inset
Symbols
\family default
dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your
- LaTeX system.
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ system.
By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories;
- the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
+ the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages you have installed.
You can get a complete display by checking
\family sans
Display
Symbols
\family default
dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
- dialog (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ dialog (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Abbreviations"
+reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in
the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
+Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar nobreakdash
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
+Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar breakableslash
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when
- pressing the
+Space
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482504
+Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing
+ the
\family sans
Space
\family default
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space.
+ This is e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence.
+ An example from the \SpecialChar LyX
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+To insert a fraction use the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+A
+\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+B.
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ The visible space is hereby the character before the
+\series bold
+A
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic
Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these
symbols.
- To use this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
+ To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
tipa
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph default
manual (
\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
Specific Manuals
\family default
).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX
+, \SpecialChar TeX
+, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Formatting
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Inter-word
+Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Thin-Space"
+reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482457
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence.
- An example from the LyX
+ An example from the \SpecialChar LyX
+
\emph on
Math
\emph default
A
\series default
.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
+reference "subsec:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Hyphenation"
+reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Ligatures"
+reference "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Optional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible
+ in the output.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a usage example.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text
- as described in section
+Break Inserts a forced line break that
+\change_deleted -712698321 1590482910
+right
+\change_unchanged
+justifies the remaining text as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List/TOC
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533459357
+Field
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533459959
+Here you can insert fields holding specific information.
+ The submenu allows you to insert
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460018
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Current) inserts the current date (which will automatically update itself)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460347
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modification) inserts the date of the last file modification (time of last
+ save)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647074
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Fix) inserts a static date that will not change.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647089
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Current) inserts the current time (which will automatically update itself)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647093
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Modification) inserts the time of the last file modification (time of last
+ save)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647133
+Time
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Fix) inserts a static time that will not change.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647170
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Name
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Excl.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Extension) inserts the name of the current file (without the extension .lyx)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647240
+User
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Name inserts the user name as specified in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Identity
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533647259
+User
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Email inserts the user email address as specified in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Identity
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1533460561
+Other\SpecialChar ldots
+ opens a dialog that lets you insert alternative formats of the three
+ date types listed above and insert a range of other information.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\family sans
+List/Contents/References
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
and the
\family sans
-BibTeX Bibliography
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ Bibliography
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354540
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-article (Elsevier)
+article (
+\change_unchanged
+
+\emph on
+Elsevier
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354543
+
+\emph default
+)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
with three custom insets.
The section
\emph on
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables ! Caption
+Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
+Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-; captions in longtables are described in the section
+; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
\emph on
-Longtable Captions
+Multi-page
+\change_inserted -712698321 1590482693
+Table
+\change_unchanged
+Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:URLs"
+reference "subsec:URLs"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
+Hyperlink
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
+reference "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\family sans
+Separate <Name> (Above/Below)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive
+ environments of the same type.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for an explanation.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Short Title
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section
+Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code box as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1533459320
Date
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1533459320
Inserts the actual date.
The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
- LyX's menus.
- LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
- in the section
-\emph on
-External Material
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s menus.
+\change_unchanged
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output,
see section
\emph on
-The LyX Server\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+ Server\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+La
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ Log
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+After running \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be enabled.
+ It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-program used.
+ You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
+ to the clipboard or update the view.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-eX Log
+With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
- enabled.
- It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used.
- You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
- to the clipboard or update the view.
- With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
+With the button
+\family sans
+Open Containing Directory
+\family default
+ one can open \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary folder for the document.
+ This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output.
+ Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems
+ or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
+ For example some journals require to send the
+\family sans
+*.bbl
+\family default
+ file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ references).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
default output format for the document (menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
-) or in the LyX preferences (menu
+) or in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
; see section
\end_inset
).
- The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
+ The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX
+ when it is first configured.
The default output format is
\family sans
PDF
The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
actual document with an external program.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
- the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured.
+ the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX
+ was configured.
All possible formats are listed in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+reference "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
DVI
\family default
.
- If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section
+ If it is missing, you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
+ (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program.
The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
; see section
\end_inset
).
- The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
+ The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX
+ when it is first configured.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the document settings (menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
) or in the preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
in the document settings (menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
) or in the preferences (menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
Compressed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Compressed"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Un/compresses the current document.
+ For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable
+ compression (see the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual for details).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Disable Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggles the read-only state for the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Check T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+Check
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
-eX
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ChkTeX
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Generates with the help of the program
\family typewriter
-ChkTeX
+Chk\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
- a log of possible LaTeX-errors and displays it in a dialog.
+ a log of possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors and displays it in a dialog.
This feature is not available on Windows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-eX Information
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Information
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ Information
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
-em.
+Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-system.
Use the option
\family sans
Show
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens a dialog to compare LyX files as described in section
+Opens a dialog to compare \SpecialChar LyX
+ files as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Reconfigure|see
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ! Reconfigure|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
+Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it
- needs; see also section
+Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX
+; that is, \SpecialChar LyX
+ looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages and programs it needs; see
+ also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
- menus.
+This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX
+ in the language of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s menus.
If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
listed.
\end_layout
Configuration
\family default
- shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
- found by LyX (see also section
+ shows a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages and classes found
+ by \SpecialChar LyX
+ (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X
+LyX
\family default
- gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version
- you are using.
+ gives information about the copyright, the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX
+ version you
+ are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Toolbars"
+reference "subsec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="22" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Save
\end_layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
+arg "spelling-continuously"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Spellchecker
+Spellcheck continuously
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Undo
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Redo
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cut
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Copy
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545905310
+
+\family default
+or
+\family sans
+ Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paste Recent
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bookmarks\SpecialChar menuseparator
Navigate Back
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Emphasize text, function of the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525758222
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525758222
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Set text to noun style, function of the
+\change_deleted -712698321 1525758226
+
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
+\change_inserted -712698321 1525758226
+
\family default
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900859
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dynamic-char-styles"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900930
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Text Styles
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545899987
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545900001
Format text using the current settings in the
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\family default
dialog
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Inline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900837
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dynamic-custom-insets"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900953
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Custom Insets
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Toggle outline window on/off,
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="26" columns="2">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Enumerate"
+arg "layout-toggle Enumerate"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Itemize"
+arg "layout-toggle Itemize"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout List"
+arg "layout-toggle List"
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "layout Description"
+arg "layout-toggle Description"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Decrease
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Citation
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nomenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Footnote
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-yX
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Box
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyperlink
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-T
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-eX
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Macro
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Child
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545899981
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1545900045
+Format text using the recent settings in the
+\begin_inset Info
+type "menu"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600333746
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\change_unchanged
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600333766
+Output
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600333762
+Formats
+\change_unchanged
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
Synchronize with Output
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901299
+
\family sans
*
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/update-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "update-others"
\end_inset
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901301
*
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1545901302
* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
icon set.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and
is called with the menu
\family sans
- Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
\family typewriter
defaults.lyx
\family default
- which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
+ which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX
+ when you create a new document without
using a template.
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Layout
\family default
- you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
+ you can load you own layout-file, that is not in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s
\emph on
layouts
\emph default
- folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class.
+ folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a layout for a document class.
For more about layout-files, see the chapter
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files
\family sans
Graphics driver
\family default
- is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
+ is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s graphics, color and page layout packages.
If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
-, the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
+, the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages is used.
It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
doing.
\begin_inset Foot
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
-
+you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution, see section
\emph on
Driver support
\emph default
in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
Master
\family default
document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument.
- The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
- document is opened without its master.
+ The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX
+ in the background if the child document
+ is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
refstyle
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Modules"
+reference "subsec:Modules"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on
- screen.
+Note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen.
That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM
concept.
However, it will be as you specified in the output.
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Use justification in LyX work area
+Use justification in \SpecialChar LyX
+ work area
\family default
- you can decide if LyX justifies the text on screen.
- This only affects the text inside LyX not in the output.
+ you can decide if \SpecialChar LyX
+ justifies the text on screen.
+ This only affects the text inside \SpecialChar LyX
+ not in the output.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288869
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1554288904
+The
+\family sans
+Default Style
+\family default
+ setting in
+\family sans
+Table Style
+\family default
+ lets you select which style newly inserted tables should use by default.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
+reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Layout"
+reference "subsec:Document-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Margins"
+reference "subsec:Margins"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The document language and quote styles are set here.
- The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
- LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
+ The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (the \SpecialChar LyX
+ file
+ is always encoded in utf8).
All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
- be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
- known for a particular character).
+ be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command is not known for
+ a particular character).
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557594829
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596095
+By default, \SpecialChar LyX
+ outputs \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files in Unicode – or utf8, for that matter (which
+ is nowadays also \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s default encoding).
+ This should normally fit your needs, since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s Unicode support covers the
+ characters of most scripts.
+ Nonetheless it is not yet comprehensive, so there might be cases where
+ using one of the traditional, or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+legacy
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, encodings is necessary.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596136
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ provides support for these traditional encodings.
+ If you chose
+\family sans
+Traditional (auto-selected)
+\family default
+ from the
+\family sans
+Encodings
+\family default
+ dropdown, \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically selects the appropriate traditional encoding for
+ the given language(s).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595310
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595310
If you use the option
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
-, LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
- If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
- than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
- If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
+
+\change_unchanged
+If the document contains text in more than one language you
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557595342
+thus
+\change_unchanged
+may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ file.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557595350
+If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
exactly one encoding.
Checking this option is the preferred setting.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
- lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
- If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
- choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
- Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
- so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
- with
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596155
+As a third option, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides the
\family sans
-Language Default
+ASCII
\family default
- (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
- a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
- because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
- The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
- engines to standard LaTeX.
- Both engines support Unicode natively.
- LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
+ selection.
+ If this is chosen, any character outside the 7bit ASCII range will be output
+ as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645585
+Finally, you can also select
\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Custom
+\family default
+, which lets you specify a specific (single) encoding for the whole document.
+ Note that this encoding is then used for
+\emph on
+any
+\emph default
+ language.
+ The custom list (which is spelled out below) consists of traditional encodings
+ and some special cases of Unicode for specific purposes (see explanation
+ below).
+\end_layout
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645268
+The
+\family sans
+Do not load inputenc
+\family default
+ checkbox does what it states: It prevents \SpecialChar LyX
+ from automatically loading the
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+inputenc
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557645185
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! inputenc
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X)
+.
+ This option might be useful if you use a class or package that pre-loads
+ inputenc or if inputenc must not be used for some reason.
+ When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
+ in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
+ languages in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ Note that this option is only available for the standard
+\family sans
+Unicode
\family default
-,
+ and
\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Traditional (auto-selected)
+\family default
+ encodings.
+\change_unchanged
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-{}
-\end_layout
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596063
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
+ lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
+ If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ installation supports Unicode), choose
+ one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is quite incomplete, so
+ it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
+ with
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ (when \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands), but does not work with a fixed
+ utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands is not used, because all
+ Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
+ The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+ and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+, two new alternative engines
+ to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ Both engines support Unicode natively.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+(XeTeX)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-X)
+(LuaTeX)
\family default
and
\family sans
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
Language Default
\family default
fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
package
\family default
- determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
of strings like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Default uses the language package that is selected in
\family sans
- Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+ Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language Settings
\family default
(see section
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+reference "subsec:Prefs-Language"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
+ is more appropriate (is the case when using Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+ and non-\SpecialChar TeX
+ fonts),
this package will be used instead of
\series bold
babel
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557645284
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
-, but the LaTeX-package
+, but the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
is not used.
When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
- languages in TeX code.
+ languages in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
- LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
- in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands, which may result in a big
+ file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands are needed.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596221
+ This is the same as the
+\family sans
+ASCII
+\family default
+ option in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
- is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
+ is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
- replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
- you should try to use the encoding Unicode
+ replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ you
+ should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
+(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! CJK
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
+(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
+(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! japanese
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
+(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
+(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
+(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! CJK
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
(for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596410
+.
+ This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
+ with the default encoding (
+\family sans
+Unicode (utf8) [default]
+\family default
+ in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list) with CJK languages.
+ Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeTeX)
+(Xe
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
\family sans
-XeTeX
+Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
and
\family sans
-LuaTeX
+Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
-, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
+, which use Unicode directly, without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
.
- LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
- or LuaTeX.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+.
Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
+(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
ucs
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! ucs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! ucs
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
+ (
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596443
+comprehensive,
+\change_unchanged
+including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596475
+ This used to be more comprehensive than
+\family sans
+Unicode
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(utf8)
+\family default
+, but meanwhile it is rather outdated.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
+(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1557596266
+Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
is supported.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1557596400
+This encoding is selected by \SpecialChar LyX
+ with the default encoding (
+\family sans
+Unicode (utf8) [default]
+\family default
+ in the main
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ dropdown list) with non-CJK languages.
+ Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Page
\family default
background for every page in your document if you use these commands as
- TeX
+ \SpecialChar TeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577206827
+Change Tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577206929
+Here you can do some settings related to change tracking (see sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Alternatively to the menu or toolbar, you can set here whether changes
+ are being tracked and whether they are shown in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1577207214
+Additionally, you can advise LyX to place a change bar in the margin of
+ the output.
+ This might be useful to make changed passages more salient.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Numbering & TOC
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
.
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620045
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620379
+You can typeset lines numbering in the output file by enabling the checkbox
+ at the bottom.
+ The functionality is handled by package lineno and and additional options
+ of this package can be used as well.
+ The most common one are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620630
+right Line numbers to the right margin
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620589
+switch Line number to the outer margin (left – even pages, right – odd pages)
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620637
+switch* Line numbers to the inner margin
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1601989692
+modulo Print numbers only on multiples of five lines
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1601989752
+pagewise Restart numbering for each page
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted 5863208 1558620792
+displaymath,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mathlines Line numbers for math environments (both options needed).
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can specify if a citation style using the LaTeX packages
+Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
\series bold
natbib
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! natbib
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
should be used.
- You can enable a
+ If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, you can enable a
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
- using the LaTeX package
+ using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! bibtopic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and you can select a
+.
+ If you use
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+, you can select the style files and specify further options.
+ Finally, you can select a document-specific
\family sans
Processor
\family default
for the generation of the bibliography.
- For a further description see section
+ For a further description of these possibilities see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
+These options will force \SpecialChar LyX
+ to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages
\series bold
amsmath
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! amsmath
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! amssymb
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! amssymb
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! cancel
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! cancel
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! esint
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! esint
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! mathtools
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! mathtools
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! stackrel
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! stackrel
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! stmaryrd
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! stmaryrd
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! undertilde
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! undertilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have this enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek
- letters, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas, ensure that you have
- this enabled.
+ letters, so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas, ensure that you have this
+ enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Float Placement
+Float
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526030304
+Placement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030306
+Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030352
+Here you can set global float placement and alignment options.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in the section
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526030366
+The float placement options
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526030367
+Details
+\change_unchanged
+ are described in the section
\emph on
Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1526031799
Placement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1526031800
+Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Bullet
\family default
- by inserting in this field the LaTeX command of the desired character.
+ by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command of the desired character.
For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command
\series bold
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Some characters require to load special LaTeX-packages in the preamble
- (menu
+ Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages in the preamble (menu
+
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Output
+Formats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Doc-Output"
+name "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
menu or the toolbar.
The default is set in
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File Formats
\family default
, see section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647276
+Allow
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+running
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+external
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs If this is switched on, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ is run with the
+\family typewriter
+-shell-escape
+\family default
+ option which is needed with some packages.
+ Note that this comes with security risks, so please use this only when
+ really necessary and if you know what you are doing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647006
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options offers settings for the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\family default
+ export.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
Synchronize
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646679
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646679
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
with
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646686
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output settings for the menu
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646686
+
+\change_unchanged
+Output
+\family default
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646719
+enables
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646729
+settings for the menu
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+
+\change_unchanged
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646752
+
\family default
+ and allows to customize the macro used in this process
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646757
.
- For a detailed description see section
+
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759
+(
+\change_deleted -712698321 1578646759
+F
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646759
+f
+\change_unchanged
+or a detailed description see section
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
Features
\emph default
- manual.
+ manual
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578646762
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647009
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578647929
+
+\family sans
+Put fragile content out of moving arguments
+\family default
+ determines whether so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+fragile
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ constructs (such as labels or index entries) are placed outside of so-called
+
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+moving arguments
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ (such as sections or captions), even if the corresponding insets are
+ placed in such context in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ This setting is on by default, since it prevents nasty \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+ If you rely on labels or index entries being kept inside the problematic
+ macros, you can uncheck this.
+ If you don't know what we are talking about here, worry not: just leave
+ it checked.
+\change_unchanged
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
Options offers settings for the export format
\family sans
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-XHTML
+LyXHTML
\family default
.
is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format The option
+\family sans
+Save transient properties
+\family default
+ controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that
+ are specific to the user are saved with the document.
+ The properties that are affected by option are currently:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the activation of change tracking
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the output of tracked changes
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the recording of the document directory path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when
+ using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
+\end_layout
-eX Preamble
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Section
+La
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
+ Preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
- or to define LaTeX-commands.
- The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
+In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages or to
+ define \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands.
+ The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-experts.
You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are
doing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+An introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The preferences dialog is called with the menu
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-LyX-function
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
-All the LyX-functions are listed in the menu
+All the \SpecialChar LyX
+-functions are listed in the menu
\family sans
-Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X
+Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
For example, assuming you use the menu
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
Set
\family default
- allows you to change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
+ allows you to change the appearance of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s toolbar buttons.
The currently available icon sets are compared in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "this image"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
Maximum last files
\family default
- is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
-
+ is the number of last opened files that \SpecialChar LyX
+ should display in the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
- LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
- in the last LyX session.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+'s main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in
+ the last \SpecialChar LyX
+ session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Load opened files from last session
\family default
- opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
+ opens all files that were opened in the last \SpecialChar LyX
+ session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Clear all session information
\family default
- deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
+ deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX
+ sessions (cursor positions, names
of last opened documents, etc.).
\end_layout
Backup & saving
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Backup documents"
+name "subsec:Backup documents"
\end_inset
\family sans
Save documents compressed by default
\family default
- always saves files in a compressed format.
+ always saves files in a compressed format (see also section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Compressed"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ This applies to newly created documents only.
+ The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
- is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX.
+ is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
- is only active if a LyXServer pipe
+ is only active if a \SpecialChar LyX
+Server pipe
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-See sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for information about LyXServer pipes.
+ for information about \SpecialChar LyX
+Server pipes.
\end_layout
\end_inset
is specified.
- If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
- of LyX.
- Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
+ If it is checked, \SpecialChar LyX
+ documents will be opened in the same running instance
+ of \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX
+ instance is created for each file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
is checked, there will only be one close button (
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/closetab.png
- scale 75
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "closetab"
\end_inset
\family default
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+ Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking
+ it in the tab bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- For this option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
+ For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX
+ before the change takes effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
is closed.
Hidden documents are accessible via the menu
\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hidden
\family default
.
Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several
- instances of LyX and only want to close the view in once instance.
+ instances of \SpecialChar LyX
+ and only want to close the view in once instance.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+name "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These fonts are used to display your documents within LyX.
+These fonts are used to display your documents within \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\emph on
inside
\emph default
- the LyX window.
+ the \SpecialChar LyX
+ window.
The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and
set in the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fonts
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, LyX uses
+By default, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses
\family typewriter
Times
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
+reference "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the option
-\family sans
-Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering
-\family default
- enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
- This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
- On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
- So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
- aesthetics.
- Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-OS and Windows.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Colors
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! LyX screen
+Color ! \SpecialChar LyX
+ screen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can change the screen colors used by LyX by choosing an item in
- the list and selecting the
+Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX
+ by choosing an item in the
+ list and selecting the
\family sans
Alter
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside LyX.
+Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
+In \SpecialChar LyX
+ one can jump from word to word by pressing
\family sans
Ctrl+arrow key
\family default
\family default
the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578924606
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1578924785
+The option
+\family sans
+Keep change tracking markup on copy and paste
+\family default
+ is for users who don't want tracked changes to be dissolved on copy and
+ paste operations (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e., inserted as new text with the deletions removed).
+ If this is checked, the change-tracked text will be copied and pasted as
+ is, independent if changes are currently tracked or not.
+ This also applies to wrapping to\SpecialChar breakableslash
+dissolving from insets.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Math
\emph default
manual.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509726
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1598509987
+The option
+\family sans
+Search drive for cited files
+\family default
+ allows \SpecialChar LyX
+ to query your disk for cited documents when using the
+\family sans
+Try
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Citation
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Content\SpecialChar ldots
+
+\family default
+ context menu on a citation.
+ The
+\family sans
+Patterns
+\family default
+ field determines the search pattern.
+ See sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Opening-cited-documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
Bind File
\family default
- specifies the file to be used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
+ specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX
+ function to a key.
Several binding files are available, among them:
\end_layout
\end_inset
for Portuguese.
- If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
- binding file.
+ If you use \SpecialChar LyX
+ in a certain language, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will try to use the appropriate binding
+ file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Editing Shortcuts
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
+name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
- the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
+To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use
+ the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX
+ functions and the bound shortcuts.
To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
provides the field
\family sans
in their name.
As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
- All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
+ All \SpecialChar LyX
+ functions are also listed in the file
\family sans
-LyX Functions
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ Functions
\family default
that you will find in the
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
- You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the LyX
- Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the
- different function names as a semicolon separated list.
- LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
- part.
+ You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Function
+ definition with “
+\family typewriter
+command
+\change_deleted -131811572 1600337868
+\change_inserted -131811572 1600337869
+-
+\change_unchanged
+alternatives
+\family default
+” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated
+ list.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
+ part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-LyX-function
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note, though, that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax.
+ This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.,
+\family typewriter
+M
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+S
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+C
+\family default
+ for
+\family sans
+Meta/Alt
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Ctrl
+\family default
+, respectively) as well as to the other keys.
+ Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly
+ in the definition of the key combination, but must use commands following
+ the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for
+ a model).
+ So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination
+\family sans
+Alt+Shift+:
+\family default
+, you needed to specify it as
+\family typewriter
+M-S-colon
+\family default
+.
+ If you use the dialog to edit key bindings, you don't have to care for
+ these specifics.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ transforms your input to the correct syntax.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Keyboard/Mouse
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
+name "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
- For the case thatWhere this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
+ For the case where this is not possible, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides keyboard maps.
If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it
is a Romanian one, you can enable
\family sans
.
The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
slow it down.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+Middle mouse button pasting
+\family default
+ you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel)
+ inserts the content of the clipboard.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The paths to the various resources used by LyX are normally determined during
+The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX
+ are normally determined during
the installation.
But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them.
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-directory This is LyX's working directory.
+directory This is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s working directory.
It is the default when you
\family sans
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
+templates This directory
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354019
+contains the templates that are shown
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354025
+will be opened when you use the menu
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354026
+in
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-files This directory will be opened when you use the button
+files This directory
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354035
+will be opened when you use the
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553354048
+contains the example files that are listed in
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553352959
+button
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- in the
+ in the
+\change_unchanged
+
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
+\change_inserted -712698321 1553352950
+ Example
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553352963
+
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1553354004
+
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
+ button does not exist when using \SpecialChar LyX
+ on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Backup documents"
+reference "subsec:Backup documents"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Ly
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-XServer
+LyXServer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
- This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
+ This pipe is used to send data from external programs to \SpecialChar LyX
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
Example:
\series default
- You add a BibTeX-database
+ You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database
\emph on
test.bib
\emph default
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
- you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for \SpecialChar LyX
+ in its preferences under
\family sans
External
\begin_inset space ~
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
- and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ and click on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ symbol.
The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position
- in your LyX file.
+ in your \SpecialChar LyX
+ file.
Of course,
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
- and LyX need to be running the same time.
+ and \SpecialChar LyX
+ need to be running the same time.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
- feature, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Backup documents"
+reference "subsec:Backup documents"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
+To use the \SpecialChar LyX
+Server-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative
dictionaries.
- For LyX on Windows
+ For \SpecialChar LyX
+ on Windows
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
\end_inset
prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
- When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see
- where to find it on the system.
- The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
+ When \SpecialChar LyX
+ needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see where
+ to find it on the system.
+ The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX
+
is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it.
On Unix
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files
- which are included in a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the
- document preamble.
+ which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX
+ code or in the document
+ preamble.
This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
a single dot '.').
The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
scanned for the input files.
Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
- to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
- It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise
+ to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
+ file.
+ It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise
compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
Language
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Prefs-Language"
+name "subsec:Prefs-Language"
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language Here you can select the language for LyX's menus.
+language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX
+'s menus.
You can find its actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708959
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708986
+LaTeX Language Support
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
- issues.
+package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package should be loaded to handle language issues.
Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-; it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
- More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
- alternative language package
+; it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX
+.
+ More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX
+ and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
+ come with the alternative
+ language package
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
- language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
- An example is the start command
+start
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708374
+If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package is needed to write in a certain document language,
+ you can h
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708374
+H
+\change_unchanged
+ere
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708377
+ you
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708382
+specify
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708384
+customize
+\change_unchanged
+ the command
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708639
+that is used to switch to a different language
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708410
+to start the package
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708611
+This might be useful if you want to use a different command with
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ (which provides several alternative commands with different behavior),
+ or if you use a custom language package with specific commands, such as
+
+\series bold
+Arab\SpecialChar TeX
+
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+, which needs
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708616
+An example is
+\change_unchanged
+the start command
\family sans
\backslash
begin{arabtext}
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708621
+
\family default
that is needed to write Arabic using the package
\series bold
-ArabTeX
+Arab\SpecialChar TeX
+
\series default
, see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
+
+\change_unchanged
.
The default is the
\series bold
babel
\series default
command
-\family sans
+\family typewriter
\backslash
selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571
+
+\family default
+, whereby
+\family sans
+$$lang
\family default
+ is a placeholder that is substituted with the respective language name
+ in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ output
+\change_unchanged
.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563708571
+ Note that with
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+, this setting is ignored.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-end Counterpart to
+end
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857836
+Counterpart to
\family sans
Command start
\family default
.
- Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
- command toggles the package on and off.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563857869
+Use this if the language switch set in
+\family sans
+Command start
+\family default
+ needs to be explicitly ended, as in
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+'s alternative command
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+begin{otherlanguage*}\SpecialChar ldots
+\SpecialChar allowbreak
+
+\backslash
+end{otherlanguage*}
+\family default
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708866
+Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
+ command toggles the package on and off
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563858041
+Empty by default, as
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\family default
+ does not need to be explicitly ended (the switch remains valid until the
+ next
+\family typewriter
+
+\backslash
+selectlanguage{$$lang}
+\family default
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563857868
+ Note that with
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+, this setting is ignored.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563708996
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in LyX's dialogs.
+unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s dialogs.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
- be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
- used by all LaTeX-packages.
- Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
+globally
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709051
+When
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709052
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709127
+as options
+\change_unchanged
+to the document class options
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709259
+ rather than the language package options.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709186
+,
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709191
+so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709305
+Since the document class passes all options in gets to all loaded \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages,
+ all language-aware packages will be informed about the used languages this
+ way
+\change_unchanged
+.
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709264
+Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\series bold
babel
\series default
package.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709314
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
- language.
+begin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709328
+Set
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709331
+When
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709331
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ this option is set,
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709808
+the language switch defined in
+\family sans
+Command
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+start
+\family default
+ is output at the beginning of the document, thereby explicitly switching
+ to the document language.
+ This assures that the correct language is used in any case.
+ This might be needed if you use a non-default
+\family sans
+Command
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+start
+\family default
+ or if a package resets the document language.
+ If not set, the language that is active at document start is used (this
+ usually should be the document language).
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709548
+documents start with the chosen document language.
When this option is not set, the
\family sans
Command
start
\family default
- is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
+ is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-output.
This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
\family sans
Command
start
\family default
than the default.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709354
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-end Counterpart to
+end
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709358
+Unset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+ Counterpart to
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709361
+
\family sans
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
begin
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709392
+Set document language explicitly
+\change_unchanged
+
\family default
.
- When it is not set, the
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709618
+When it is not
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709618
+If
+\change_unchanged
+ set, the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
end
\family default
- is set to the end of the document.
+ is
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709625
+set
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709626
+output
+\change_unchanged
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709628
+at
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709628
+to
+\change_unchanged
+ the end of the document.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709816
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\paragraph_spacing single
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709833
+Editor Settings
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709847
+additional
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709845
foreign
+\change_unchanged
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+languages
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709877
+If set, all
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709877
+T
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709878
+t
+\change_unchanged
+ext
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709882
+marked formatted
+\change_unchanged
+in a language different
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709886
+from
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709886
+to
+\change_unchanged
+ the document language will be
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709907
+marked (by default with a blue
+\change_unchanged
+underline
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709911
+d in blue
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709911
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709927
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563711969
+Respect
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+OS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+keyboard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
- language will be underlined in blue.
+language If set, \SpecialChar LyX
+ will switch the input language if the keyboard map is
+ switched via the operating system.
+ This is particularly useful if you switch between languages with different
+ scripts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., English and Hebrew: in this case, switching the keyboard to Hebrew will
+ automatically switch the input language to Hebrew as well, and vice versa).
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563709926
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Cursor
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132
+Right-to-left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
- move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
- Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
- arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Spellchecker
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710132
+C
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710132
+c
+\change_unchanged
+ursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+movement
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710265
+Here you can define how cursor movement (with the arrow keys) behaves
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710266
+W
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710267
+w
+\change_unchanged
+hen writing
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563710171
+RTL
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710286
+scripts with right-to-left direction (e.g., Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+, you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually
+ to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859701
+
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-The spellchecker settings are explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Logical
+\family default
+ means that the cursor
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859940
+follows the logic of the text direction, and the arrows' direction relates
+ to the directionality of the main paragraph language.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Spellchecking"
+g., in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph (say, Hebrew
+ embedded in English), the cursor starts at the right (that is, at the
+\emph on
+beginning
+\emph default
+ of the embedded passage in the right-to-left logic) when coming from the
+ left.
+ The meaning of the key is thus swapped for that part; right arrow in this
+ specific case always means: move
+\emph on
+forward
+\emph default
+ in text (even if this means:
+\emph on
+move left
+\emph default
+).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563859705
+This setting might be useful in texts that mix left-to-right and right-to-left
+ scripts, since the cursor then follows a coherent
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+text logic
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Outputs
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563860084
+
+\family sans
+Visual
+\family default
+ means: always move to the direction towards which the arrows really point.
+ In this case, in embedded right-to-left text in a left-to-right paragraph,
+ the cursor starts at the left (in the text logic:
+\emph on
+from the end
+\emph default
+) when coming from the left.
+ The visual meaning of the key is thus maintained in all cases, at the expense
+ of the text logic.
+\change_deleted -712698321 1563857456
+and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563858627
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-General
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563710235
+Local Preferences
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Output
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563776004
+Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-line
+decimal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
- the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Plain
-\begin_inset space ~
+separator Defines the default decimal separator for use in tables (decimal
+ separator alignment).
+ By default, the appropriate character for the current language is selected
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-text
-\family default
-.
- Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
+g., dot for English, comma for German), but you can also specify a specific
+ (static) custom character here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Date
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1563709001
+Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-format
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Date Format
-\end_layout
-
+length
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s dialogs.
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Date format
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The spellchecker settings are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
-For example the format
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-%d/%m/%y
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-prints the date as day/month/year.
+\begin_layout Section
+Outputs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Overwrite
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+General
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:General-output"
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
search Commands that will be used for the menu
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printer
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printer"
+\begin_layout Description
+Dvips
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Options Options for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ that is used for the export format
+\family sans
+Postscript
+\family default
+, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Printer
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+.
+ Possible options are listed in the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ manual:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Printer
+
+https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html
+\backslash
+#Option-details
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Default
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-printer Here you can specify the name of your
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
+ the menu
\family sans
-Default printer
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
\family default
.
- The name will be used when the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
- is executed.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\change_deleted -712698321 1534601711
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+format
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Date Format
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
-Printer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Date format
+\end_layout
-command is the command LyX
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-LaTeX uses for printing.
- The default is
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
- on most systems.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Printer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-Command
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Options Here you can specify printer options.
- A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
- of the program that provides the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
- you are using.
+http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/date.1.html
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+For example the format
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+%d/%m/%y
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
+prints the date as day/month/year.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Overwrite
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
+export Setting what \SpecialChar LyX
+ is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+La
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
-eX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+name "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! LaTeX
+Settings ! \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1524413534
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+La
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
-X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
- LyX sets up in the background.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ sets up in the background.
So there is no need to change the default encoding.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\change_unchanged
-size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+reference "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-CheckTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+Check
+\family sans
+TeX
+\family default
-X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
command Command for the program
\family sans
-CheckTeX
+Check\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
that is described in the section
\emph on
-Checking TeX
+Checking \SpecialChar TeX
+
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
to separate folders.
- This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
+ This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX
+ on Windows.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\family default
in the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Converters
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Converters"
+name "subsec:Converters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
+Here you find the list of defined file formats that \SpecialChar LyX
+ can handle.
You can modify the
\family sans
Editor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
+Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary
directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
-Units available in LyX
+Units available in \SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
- explains all the units available in LyX and used in this documentation.
+ explains all the units available in \SpecialChar LyX
+ and used in this documentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
+alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status open
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="50col%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+unit
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+name/description
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ command
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+bp
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+big point (72
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+bp = 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+in)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cicero (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+cc = 12
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+dd)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cm
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+centimeter
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+dd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+didot (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+dd
+\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
+\end_inset
+
+ 0.376
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mm)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+em
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+width of letter
+\emph on
+M
+\emph default
+ in current font
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+height of letter
+\emph on
+x
+\emph default
+ in current font
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+in
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-unit
+inch
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-name/description
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cm
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-centimeter
+mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-in
+math unit (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+mu = 1/18
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-inch
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
in)
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
pt)
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-bp
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-big point (72
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-bp = 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-in)
+Column Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-dd
+% of column width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-didot (72
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-dd
-\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
-\end_inset
-
- 37.6
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-mm)
+\backslash
+columnwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cc
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cicero (1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cc = 12
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-dd)
+Line Distance %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Scale%
+% of height between baselines of two subsequent text lines
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of original image width
+
+\backslash
+baselineskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-text%
+Line Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of text width
+% of line width
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-col%
+
+\backslash
+linewidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of column width
+Page Height %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-page%
+% of paper height
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of paper width
+
+\backslash
+paperheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-line%
+Page Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of line width
+% of paper width
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-theight%
+
+\backslash
+paperwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of text height
+Scale Graphics %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pheight%
+% of original image width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of paper height
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ex
+Text Height %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-height of letter
-\emph on
-x
-\emph default
- in current font
+% of text height
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-em
+
+\backslash
+textheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-width of letter
-\emph on
-M
-\emph default
- in current font
+Text Width %
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-mu
+% of text width
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-math unit (1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-mu = 1/18
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-em)
+\backslash
+textwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Credits
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Credits"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
- (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Amir Karger
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-David Johnson
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Hartmut Haase
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Ignacio García
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Ivan Schreter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-John Raithel
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-John Weiss
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Lars Gullik Bjønnes
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Zenker
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Rich Fields
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Pascal André
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Paul Evans
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Paul Russel
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Robin Socha
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\noun on
-Uwe Stöhr
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The LyX Team:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-The LyX Team:
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+ Team:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
-target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
+target "https://www.lyx.org/Credits"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/Credits
+https://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
-The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2004
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
-A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
+A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 2003
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
-LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+: A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Knuth.
\emph on
-The TeXbook.
+The \SpecialChar TeX
+book.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley, 1984
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-The TeX Catalogue:
+The \SpecialChar TeX
+ Catalogue:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
+https://ctan.org/topic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-The LaTeX FAQ:
+The \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ FAQ:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the program
\family sans
-BibTeX
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
how to use the program
\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "makeindex"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "xindy"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
-
-\end_inset
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- of the program
-\family sans
-xindy
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "AMS"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the AMS LaTeX-packages:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "caption"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Bibliography
-\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
-LatexCommand bibitem
-key "enumitem"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
-
-\end_inset
-
- of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-enumitem
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "fancyhdr"
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
-fancyhdr
+biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "hyperref"
+key "biber"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
-hyperref
+biber
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "nomencl"
+key "makeindex"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "makeindex-man"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Options"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the program
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "AMS"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-packages:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "caption"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
-nomencl
+caption
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "prettyref"
+key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
-prettyref
+enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "refstyle"
+key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- of the LaTeX-package
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
\series bold
-refstyle
+fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Arabic"
+key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! hyperref
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Arabic:
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/manual.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Armenian"
+key "microtype"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Armenian:
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+microtype
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! microtype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Cyrillic"
+key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! nomencl
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Cyrillic languages:
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Farsi"
+key "prettyref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Farsi:
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Hebrew"
+key "refstyle"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
+name "Documentation"
+target "https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
+:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
+https://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Japanese"
+key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Japanese:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Arabic:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Latvian"
+key "Armenian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Latvian:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Armenian:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Lithuanian"
+key "Cyrillic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Cyrillic languages:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Mongolian"
+key "Farsi"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Farsi:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "Vietnamese"
+key "Hebrew"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Hebrew:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "NewInLyX20"
+key "Japanese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
-target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
+target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
- about new features in
-\family sans
-LyX 2.0
-\family default
-:
+ how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
+ for Japanese:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
+https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
+The above bibliography is created from a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+unskip,
+\backslash
+hyperlink{page.#1}{page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink, see sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more info.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
type "idx"
+name "Index"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff